|
/* $Header: /cvsroot/esrg/sfesrg/esrgpcpj/shared/tk_base/tkmenu.c,v 1.1.1.1 2001/06/13 05:05:37 dtashley Exp $ */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* tkMenu.c -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This file contains most of the code for implementing menus in Tk. It takes |
|
|
* care of all of the generic (platform-independent) parts of menus, and |
|
|
* is supplemented by platform-specific files. The geometry calculation |
|
|
* and drawing code for menus is in the file tkMenuDraw.c |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. |
|
|
* Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution |
|
|
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* RCS: @(#) $Id: tkmenu.c,v 1.1.1.1 2001/06/13 05:05:37 dtashley Exp $ |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Notes on implementation of menus: |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Menus can be used in three ways: |
|
|
* - as a popup menu, either as part of a menubutton or standalone. |
|
|
* - as a menubar. The menu's cascade items are arranged according to |
|
|
* the specific platform to provide the user access to the menus at all |
|
|
* times |
|
|
* - as a tearoff palette. This is a window with the menu's items in it. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* The goal is to provide the Tk developer with a way to use a common |
|
|
* set of menus for all of these tasks. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* In order to make the bindings for cascade menus work properly under Unix, |
|
|
* the cascade menus' pathnames must be proper children of the menu that |
|
|
* they are cascade from. So if there is a menu .m, and it has two |
|
|
* cascades labelled "File" and "Edit", the cascade menus might have |
|
|
* the pathnames .m.file and .m.edit. Another constraint is that the menus |
|
|
* used for menubars must be children of the toplevel widget that they |
|
|
* are attached to. And on the Macintosh, the platform specific menu handle |
|
|
* for cascades attached to a menu bar must have a title that matches the |
|
|
* label for the cascade menu. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* To handle all of the constraints, Tk menubars and tearoff menus are |
|
|
* implemented using menu clones. Menu clones are full menus in their own |
|
|
* right; they have a Tk window and pathname associated with them; they have |
|
|
* a TkMenu structure and array of entries. However, they are linked with the |
|
|
* original menu that they were cloned from. The reflect the attributes of |
|
|
* the original, or "master", menu. So if an item is added to a menu, and |
|
|
* that menu has clones, then the item must be added to all of its clones |
|
|
* also. Menus are cloned when a menu is torn-off or when a menu is assigned |
|
|
* as a menubar using the "-menu" option of the toplevel's pathname configure |
|
|
* subcommand. When a clone is destroyed, only the clone is destroyed, but |
|
|
* when the master menu is destroyed, all clones are also destroyed. This |
|
|
* allows the developer to just deal with one set of menus when creating |
|
|
* and destroying. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Clones are rather tricky when a menu with cascade entries is cloned (such |
|
|
* as a menubar). Not only does the menu have to be cloned, but each cascade |
|
|
* entry's corresponding menu must also be cloned. This maintains the pathname |
|
|
* parent-child hierarchy necessary for menubars and toplevels to work. |
|
|
* This leads to several special cases: |
|
|
* |
|
|
* 1. When a new menu is created, and it is pointed to by cascade entries in |
|
|
* cloned menus, the new menu has to be cloned to parallel the cascade |
|
|
* structure. |
|
|
* 2. When a cascade item is added to a menu that has been cloned, and the |
|
|
* menu that the cascade item points to exists, that menu has to be cloned. |
|
|
* 3. When the menu that a cascade entry points to is changed, the old |
|
|
* cloned cascade menu has to be discarded, and the new one has to be cloned. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0 |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* used only to test for old config code |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
#define __NO_OLD_CONFIG |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
#include "tkPort.h" |
|
|
#include "tkMenu.h" |
|
|
|
|
|
#define MENU_HASH_KEY "tkMenus" |
|
|
|
|
|
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { |
|
|
int menusInitialized; /* Flag indicates whether thread-specific |
|
|
* elements of the Windows Menu module |
|
|
* have been initialized. */ |
|
|
} ThreadSpecificData; |
|
|
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* The following flag indicates whether the process-wide state for |
|
|
* the Menu module has been intialized. The Mutex protects access to |
|
|
* that flag. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int menusInitialized; |
|
|
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(menuMutex) |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Configuration specs for individual menu entries. If this changes, be sure |
|
|
* to update code in TkpMenuInit that changes the font string entry. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
char *tkMenuStateStrings[] = {"active", "normal", "disabled", (char *) NULL}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static char *menuEntryTypeStrings[] = {"cascade", "checkbutton", "command", |
|
|
"radiobutton", "separator", (char *) NULL}; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_OptionSpec tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs[] = { |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, activeBorderPtr), -1, |
|
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, activeFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-accelerator", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, accelPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, bitmapPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-columnbreak", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK, |
|
|
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, columnBreak)}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, commandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, fontPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, fgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hidemargin", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN, |
|
|
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, hideMargin)}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, imagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-label", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, labelPtr), -1, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE, |
|
|
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, state), 0, |
|
|
(ClientData) tkMenuStateStrings}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, underline)}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_END} |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_OptionSpec tkSeparatorEntryConfigSpecs[] = { |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_END} |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_OptionSpec tkCheckButtonEntryConfigSpecs[] = { |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR, |
|
|
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorOn)}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offvalue", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, offValuePtr), -1}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, onValuePtr), -1}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, selectImagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs} |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_OptionSpec tkRadioButtonEntryConfigSpecs[] = { |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR, |
|
|
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorOn)}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, selectImagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, onValuePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs} |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_OptionSpec tkCascadeEntryConfigSpecs[] = { |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs} |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_OptionSpec tkTearoffEntryConfigSpecs[] = { |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, state), 0, |
|
|
(ClientData) tkMenuStateStrings}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_END} |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static Tk_OptionSpec *specsArray[] = { |
|
|
tkCascadeEntryConfigSpecs, tkCheckButtonEntryConfigSpecs, |
|
|
tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, tkRadioButtonEntryConfigSpecs, |
|
|
tkSeparatorEntryConfigSpecs, tkTearoffEntryConfigSpecs}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Menu type strings for use with Tcl_GetIndexFromObj. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static char *menuTypeStrings[] = {"normal", "tearoff", "menubar", |
|
|
(char *) NULL}; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_OptionSpec tkMenuConfigSpecs[] = { |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", |
|
|
"Foreground", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeBorderPtr), -1, 0, |
|
|
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-activeborderwidth", "activeBorderWidth", |
|
|
"BorderWidth", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeBorderWidthPtr), -1}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", |
|
|
"Background", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeFgPtr), -1, 0, |
|
|
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background", |
|
|
DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, borderPtr), -1, 0, |
|
|
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_BG_MONO}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth"}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background"}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", |
|
|
DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, borderWidthPtr), -1, 0}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", |
|
|
DEF_MENU_CURSOR, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, cursorPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground", |
|
|
"DisabledForeground", DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, disabledFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, |
|
|
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
|
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground"}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", |
|
|
DEF_MENU_FONT, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, fontPtr), -1}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground", |
|
|
DEF_MENU_FG, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, fgPtr), -1}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-postcommand", "postCommand", "Command", |
|
|
DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, postCommandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", |
|
|
DEF_MENU_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, reliefPtr), -1}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", "selectColor", "Background", |
|
|
DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, indicatorFgPtr), -1, 0, |
|
|
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", |
|
|
DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, takeFocusPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-tearoff", "tearOff", "TearOff", |
|
|
DEF_MENU_TEAROFF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, tearoff)}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tearoffcommand", "tearOffCommand", |
|
|
"TearOffCommand", DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD, |
|
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, tearoffCommandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-title", "title", "Title", |
|
|
DEF_MENU_TITLE, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, titlePtr), -1, |
|
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-type", "type", "Type", |
|
|
DEF_MENU_TYPE, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, menuTypePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, |
|
|
(ClientData) menuTypeStrings}, |
|
|
{TK_OPTION_END} |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Command line options. Put here because MenuCmd has to look at them |
|
|
* along with MenuWidgetObjCmd. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static char *menuOptions[] = { |
|
|
"activate", "add", "cget", "clone", "configure", "delete", "entrycget", |
|
|
"entryconfigure", "index", "insert", "invoke", "post", "postcascade", |
|
|
"type", "unpost", "yposition", (char *) NULL |
|
|
}; |
|
|
enum options { |
|
|
MENU_ACTIVATE, MENU_ADD, MENU_CGET, MENU_CLONE, MENU_CONFIGURE, |
|
|
MENU_DELETE, MENU_ENTRYCGET, MENU_ENTRYCONFIGURE, MENU_INDEX, |
|
|
MENU_INSERT, MENU_INVOKE, MENU_POST, MENU_POSTCASCADE, MENU_TYPE, |
|
|
MENU_UNPOST, MENU_YPOSITION |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Prototypes for static procedures in this file: |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int CloneMenu _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr, |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *newMenuName, Tcl_Obj *newMenuTypeString)); |
|
|
static int ConfigureMenu _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); |
|
|
static int ConfigureMenuCloneEntries _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, int index, |
|
|
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); |
|
|
static int ConfigureMenuEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenuEntry *mePtr, |
|
|
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); |
|
|
static void DeleteMenuCloneEntries _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr, |
|
|
int first, int last)); |
|
|
static void DestroyMenuHashTable _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
|
|
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp)); |
|
|
static void DestroyMenuInstance _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr)); |
|
|
static void DestroyMenuEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((char *memPtr)); |
|
|
static int GetIndexFromCoords |
|
|
_ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, |
|
|
char *string, int *indexPtr)); |
|
|
static int MenuDoYPosition _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)); |
|
|
static int MenuAddOrInsert _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *indexPtr, int objc, |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); |
|
|
static int MenuCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); |
|
|
static void MenuCmdDeletedProc _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
|
|
ClientData clientData)); |
|
|
static TkMenuEntry * MenuNewEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr, int index, |
|
|
int type)); |
|
|
static char * MenuVarProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp, char *name1, char *name2, |
|
|
int flags)); |
|
|
static int MenuWidgetObjCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); |
|
|
static void MenuWorldChanged _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
|
|
ClientData instanceData)); |
|
|
static int PostProcessEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenuEntry *mePtr)); |
|
|
static void RecursivelyDeleteMenu _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr)); |
|
|
static void UnhookCascadeEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenuEntry *mePtr)); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* The structure below is a list of procs that respond to certain window |
|
|
* manager events. One of these includes a font change, which forces |
|
|
* the geometry proc to be called. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static TkClassProcs menuClass = { |
|
|
NULL, /* createProc. */ |
|
|
MenuWorldChanged /* geometryProc. */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Tk_CreateMenuCmd -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Called by Tk at initialization time to create the menu |
|
|
* command. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* A standard Tcl result. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* See the user documentation. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
int |
|
|
TkCreateMenuCmd(interp) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter we are creating the |
|
|
* command in. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
TkMenuOptionTables *optionTablesPtr = |
|
|
(TkMenuOptionTables *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuOptionTables)); |
|
|
|
|
|
optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable = |
|
|
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, tkMenuConfigSpecs); |
|
|
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[TEAROFF_ENTRY] = |
|
|
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[TEAROFF_ENTRY]); |
|
|
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[COMMAND_ENTRY] = |
|
|
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[COMMAND_ENTRY]); |
|
|
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[CASCADE_ENTRY] = |
|
|
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[CASCADE_ENTRY]); |
|
|
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[SEPARATOR_ENTRY] = |
|
|
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[SEPARATOR_ENTRY]); |
|
|
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY] = |
|
|
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY]); |
|
|
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY] = |
|
|
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY]); |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "menu", MenuCmd, |
|
|
(ClientData) optionTablesPtr, NULL); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) { |
|
|
Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "menu", "menu"); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return TCL_OK; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* MenuCmd -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked to process the "menu" Tcl |
|
|
* command. See the user documentation for details on |
|
|
* what it does. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* A standard Tcl result. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* See the user documentation. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
MenuCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) |
|
|
ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with |
|
|
* interpreter. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ |
|
|
int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument strings. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp); |
|
|
Tk_Window new; |
|
|
register TkMenu *menuPtr; |
|
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; |
|
|
int i, index; |
|
|
int toplevel; |
|
|
char *windowName; |
|
|
static char *typeStringList[] = {"-type", (char *) NULL}; |
|
|
TkMenuOptionTables *optionTablesPtr = (TkMenuOptionTables *) clientData; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc < 2) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?"); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
TkMenuInit(); |
|
|
|
|
|
toplevel = 1; |
|
|
for (i = 2; i < (objc - 1); i++) { |
|
|
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[i], typeStringList, NULL, 0, &index) |
|
|
!= TCL_ERROR) { |
|
|
if ((Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[i + 1], menuTypeStrings, NULL, |
|
|
0, &index) == TCL_OK) && (index == MENUBAR)) { |
|
|
toplevel = 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
windowName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], NULL); |
|
|
new = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, tkwin, windowName, toplevel ? "" |
|
|
: NULL); |
|
|
if (new == NULL) { |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Initialize the data structure for the menu. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
menuPtr = (TkMenu *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenu)); |
|
|
menuPtr->tkwin = new; |
|
|
menuPtr->display = Tk_Display(new); |
|
|
menuPtr->interp = interp; |
|
|
menuPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, |
|
|
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), MenuWidgetObjCmd, |
|
|
(ClientData) menuPtr, MenuCmdDeletedProc); |
|
|
menuPtr->entries = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->numEntries = 0; |
|
|
menuPtr->active = -1; |
|
|
menuPtr->borderPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->borderWidthPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->reliefPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->activeBorderPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->fontPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->fgPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->disabledFgPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->activeFgPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->indicatorFgPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->tearoff = 0; |
|
|
menuPtr->tearoffCommandPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->cursorPtr = None; |
|
|
menuPtr->takeFocusPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->postCommandPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->postCommandGeneration = 0; |
|
|
menuPtr->postedCascade = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->nextInstancePtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->masterMenuPtr = menuPtr; |
|
|
menuPtr->menuType = UNKNOWN_TYPE; |
|
|
menuPtr->menuFlags = 0; |
|
|
menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->menuTypePtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->titlePtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr = optionTablesPtr; |
|
|
TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(menuPtr); |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_SetClass(menuPtr->tkwin, "Menu"); |
|
|
TkSetClassProcs(menuPtr->tkwin, &menuClass, (ClientData) menuPtr); |
|
|
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) menuPtr, |
|
|
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin) |
|
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
|
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
ckfree((char *) menuPtr); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
menuRefPtr = TkCreateMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp, |
|
|
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)); |
|
|
menuRefPtr->menuPtr = menuPtr; |
|
|
menuPtr->menuRefPtr = menuRefPtr; |
|
|
if (TCL_OK != TkpNewMenu(menuPtr)) { |
|
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
ckfree((char *) menuPtr); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
Tk_CreateEventHandler(new, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|ActivateMask, |
|
|
TkMenuEventProc, (ClientData) menuPtr); |
|
|
if (ConfigureMenu(interp, menuPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If a menu has a parent menu pointing to it as a cascade entry, the |
|
|
* parent menu needs to be told that this menu now exists so that |
|
|
* the platform-part of the menu is correctly updated. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* If a menu has an instance and has cascade entries, then each cascade |
|
|
* menu must also have a parallel instance. This is especially true on |
|
|
* the Mac, where each menu has to have a separate title everytime it is in |
|
|
* a menubar. For instance, say you have a menu .m1 with a cascade entry |
|
|
* for .m2, where .m2 does not exist yet. You then put .m1 into a menubar. |
|
|
* This creates a menubar instance for .m1, but since .m2 is not there, |
|
|
* nothing else happens. When we go to create .m2, we hook it up properly |
|
|
* with .m1. However, we now need to clone .m2 and assign the clone of .m2 |
|
|
* to be the cascade entry for the clone of .m1. This is special case |
|
|
* #1 listed in the introductory comment. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *cascadeListPtr = menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *nextCascadePtr; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *newMenuName; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[2]; |
|
|
|
|
|
while (cascadeListPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
|
|
|
nextCascadePtr = cascadeListPtr->nextCascadePtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If we have a new master menu, and an existing cloned menu |
|
|
* points to this menu in a cascade entry, we have to clone |
|
|
* the new menu and point the entry to the clone instead |
|
|
* of the menu we are creating. Otherwise, ConfigureMenuEntry |
|
|
* will hook up the platform-specific cascade linkages now |
|
|
* that the menu we are creating exists. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) |
|
|
|| ((menuPtr->masterMenuPtr == menuPtr) |
|
|
&& ((cascadeListPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr |
|
|
== cascadeListPtr->menuPtr)))) { |
|
|
newObjv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1); |
|
|
newObjv[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[1]); |
|
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(cascadeListPtr, 2, newObjv); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *normalPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("normal", -1); |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *windowNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj( |
|
|
Tk_PathName(cascadeListPtr->menuPtr->tkwin), -1); |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(normalPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
|
|
newMenuName = TkNewMenuName(menuPtr->interp, |
|
|
windowNamePtr, menuPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newMenuName); |
|
|
CloneMenu(menuPtr, newMenuName, normalPtr); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Now we can set the new menu instance to be the cascade entry |
|
|
* of the parent's instance. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
newObjv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1); |
|
|
newObjv[1] = newMenuName; |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
|
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(cascadeListPtr, 2, newObjv); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(normalPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
cascadeListPtr = nextCascadePtr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If there already exist toplevel widgets that refer to this menu, |
|
|
* find them and notify them so that they can reconfigure their |
|
|
* geometry to reflect the menu. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
TkMenuTopLevelList *topLevelListPtr = menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr; |
|
|
TkMenuTopLevelList *nextPtr; |
|
|
Tk_Window listtkwin; |
|
|
while (topLevelListPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Need to get the next pointer first. TkSetWindowMenuBar |
|
|
* changes the list, so that the next pointer is different |
|
|
* after calling it. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
nextPtr = topLevelListPtr->nextPtr; |
|
|
listtkwin = topLevelListPtr->tkwin; |
|
|
TkSetWindowMenuBar(menuPtr->interp, listtkwin, |
|
|
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)); |
|
|
topLevelListPtr = nextPtr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), TCL_STATIC); |
|
|
return TCL_OK; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* MenuWidgetObjCmd -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command |
|
|
* that corresponds to a widget managed by this module. |
|
|
* See the user documentation for details on what it does. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* A standard Tcl result. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* See the user documentation. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
MenuWidgetObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) |
|
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about menu widget. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ |
|
|
int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument strings. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
register TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData; |
|
|
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
|
|
int result = TCL_OK; |
|
|
int option; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc < 2) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?"); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], menuOptions, "option", 0, |
|
|
&option) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) menuPtr); |
|
|
|
|
|
switch ((enum options) option) { |
|
|
case MENU_ACTIVATE: { |
|
|
int index; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc != 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "activate index"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) |
|
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (menuPtr->active == index) { |
|
|
goto done; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if ((index >= 0) |
|
|
&& ((menuPtr->entries[index]->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) |
|
|
|| (menuPtr->entries[index]->state |
|
|
== ENTRY_DISABLED))) { |
|
|
index = -1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
result = TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, index); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
case MENU_ADD: |
|
|
if (objc < 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "add type ?options?"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (MenuAddOrInsert(interp, menuPtr, (Tcl_Obj *) NULL, |
|
|
objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case MENU_CGET: { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc != 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) menuPtr, |
|
|
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2], |
|
|
menuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
if (resultPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
case MENU_CLONE: |
|
|
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, |
|
|
"clone newMenuName ?menuType?"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
result = CloneMenu(menuPtr, objv[2], (objc == 3) ? NULL : objv[3]); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case MENU_CONFIGURE: { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc == 2) { |
|
|
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) menuPtr, |
|
|
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, |
|
|
(Tcl_Obj *) NULL, menuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
if (resultPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
result = TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
result = TCL_OK; |
|
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else if (objc == 3) { |
|
|
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) menuPtr, |
|
|
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, |
|
|
objv[2], menuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
if (resultPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
result = TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
result = TCL_OK; |
|
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
result = ConfigureMenu(interp, menuPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2); |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (result != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
case MENU_DELETE: { |
|
|
int first, last; |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "delete first ?last?"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &first) |
|
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (objc == 3) { |
|
|
last = first; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[3], 0, &last) |
|
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (menuPtr->tearoff && (first == 0)) { |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Sorry, can't delete the tearoff entry; must reconfigure |
|
|
* the menu. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
first = 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if ((first < 0) || (last < first)) { |
|
|
goto done; |
|
|
} |
|
|
DeleteMenuCloneEntries(menuPtr, first, last); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
case MENU_ENTRYCGET: { |
|
|
int index; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc != 4) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "entrycget index option"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) |
|
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (index < 0) { |
|
|
goto done; |
|
|
} |
|
|
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index]; |
|
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr); |
|
|
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) mePtr, |
|
|
mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr); |
|
|
if (resultPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
case MENU_ENTRYCONFIGURE: { |
|
|
int index; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc < 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, |
|
|
"entryconfigure index ?option value ...?"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) |
|
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (index < 0) { |
|
|
goto done; |
|
|
} |
|
|
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index]; |
|
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr); |
|
|
if (objc == 3) { |
|
|
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mePtr, |
|
|
mePtr->optionTable, (Tcl_Obj *) NULL, menuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
if (resultPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
result = TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
result = TCL_OK; |
|
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else if (objc == 4) { |
|
|
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mePtr, |
|
|
mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
if (resultPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
result = TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
result = TCL_OK; |
|
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
result = ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(interp, menuPtr, index, |
|
|
objc - 3, objv + 3); |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
case MENU_INDEX: { |
|
|
int index; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc != 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "index string"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) |
|
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (index < 0) { |
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "none", TCL_STATIC); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), index); |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
case MENU_INSERT: |
|
|
if (objc < 4) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, |
|
|
"insert index type ?options?"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (MenuAddOrInsert(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], objc - 3, |
|
|
objv + 3) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case MENU_INVOKE: { |
|
|
int index; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc != 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "invoke index"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) |
|
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (index < 0) { |
|
|
goto done; |
|
|
} |
|
|
result = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, index); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
case MENU_POST: { |
|
|
int x, y; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc != 4) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "post x y"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) |
|
|
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Tearoff menus are posted differently on Mac and Windows than |
|
|
* non-tearoffs. TkpPostMenu does not actually map the menu's |
|
|
* window on those platforms, and popup menus have to be |
|
|
* handled specially. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuPtr->menuType != TEAROFF_MENU) { |
|
|
result = TkpPostMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
result = TkPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y); |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
case MENU_POSTCASCADE: { |
|
|
int index; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc != 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "postcascade index"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) |
|
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if ((index < 0) || (menuPtr->entries[index]->type |
|
|
!= CASCADE_ENTRY)) { |
|
|
result = TkPostSubmenu(interp, menuPtr, (TkMenuEntry *) NULL); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
result = TkPostSubmenu(interp, menuPtr, |
|
|
menuPtr->entries[index]); |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
case MENU_TYPE: { |
|
|
int index; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (objc != 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "type index"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) |
|
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (index < 0) { |
|
|
goto done; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (menuPtr->entries[index]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) { |
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "tearoff", TCL_STATIC); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, |
|
|
menuEntryTypeStrings[menuPtr->entries[index]->type], |
|
|
TCL_STATIC); |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
case MENU_UNPOST: |
|
|
if (objc != 2) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "unpost"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tk_UnmapWindow(menuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
result = TkPostSubmenu(interp, menuPtr, (TkMenuEntry *) NULL); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case MENU_YPOSITION: |
|
|
if (objc != 3) { |
|
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "yposition index"); |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
result = MenuDoYPosition(interp, menuPtr, objv[2]); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
done: |
|
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr); |
|
|
return result; |
|
|
|
|
|
error: |
|
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* TkInvokeMenu -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Given a menu and an index, takes the appropriate action for the |
|
|
* entry associated with that index. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* Standard Tcl result. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Commands may get excecuted; variables may get set; sub-menus may |
|
|
* get posted. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
int |
|
|
TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, index) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interp that the menu lives in. */ |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The menu we are invoking. */ |
|
|
int index; /* The zero based index of the item we |
|
|
* are invoking */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int result = TCL_OK; |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (index < 0) { |
|
|
goto done; |
|
|
} |
|
|
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index]; |
|
|
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) { |
|
|
goto done; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr); |
|
|
if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) { |
|
|
Tcl_DString ds; |
|
|
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); |
|
|
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "tkTearOffMenu ", -1); |
|
|
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1); |
|
|
result = Tcl_Eval(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)); |
|
|
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); |
|
|
} else if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) |
|
|
&& (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED) { |
|
|
valuePtr = mePtr->offValuePtr; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
valuePtr = mePtr->onValuePtr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (valuePtr == NULL) { |
|
|
valuePtr = Tcl_NewObj(); |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(valuePtr); |
|
|
if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, mePtr->namePtr, NULL, valuePtr, |
|
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) == NULL) { |
|
|
result = TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(valuePtr); |
|
|
} else if ((mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY) |
|
|
&& (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr = mePtr->onValuePtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (valuePtr == NULL) { |
|
|
valuePtr = Tcl_NewObj(); |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(valuePtr); |
|
|
if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, mePtr->namePtr, NULL, valuePtr, |
|
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) == NULL) { |
|
|
result = TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(valuePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
if ((result == TCL_OK) && (mePtr->commandPtr != NULL)) { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *commandPtr = mePtr->commandPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(commandPtr); |
|
|
result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, commandPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(commandPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr); |
|
|
done: |
|
|
return result; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* DestroyMenuInstance -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked by TkDestroyMenu |
|
|
* to clean up the internal structure of a menu at a safe time |
|
|
* (when no-one is using it anymore). Only takes care of one instance |
|
|
* of the menu. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Everything associated with the menu is freed up. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
DestroyMenuInstance(menuPtr) |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Info about menu widget. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int i; |
|
|
TkMenu *menuInstancePtr; |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *cascadePtr, *nextCascadePtr; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[2]; |
|
|
TkMenu *parentMasterMenuPtr; |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *parentMasterEntryPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If the menu has any cascade menu entries pointing to it, the cascade |
|
|
* entries need to be told that the menu is going away. We need to clear |
|
|
* the menu ptr field in the menu reference at this point in the code |
|
|
* so that everything else can forget about this menu properly. We also |
|
|
* need to reset -menu field of all entries that are not master menus |
|
|
* back to this entry name if this is a master menu pointed to by another |
|
|
* master menu. If there is a clone menu that points to this menu, |
|
|
* then this menu is itself a clone, so when this menu goes away, |
|
|
* the -menu field of the pointing entry must be set back to this |
|
|
* menu's master menu name so that later if another menu is created |
|
|
* the cascade hierarchy can be maintained. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
TkpDestroyMenu(menuPtr); |
|
|
cascadePtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; |
|
|
menuPtr->menuRefPtr->menuPtr = NULL; |
|
|
TkFreeMenuReferences(menuPtr->menuRefPtr); |
|
|
|
|
|
for (; cascadePtr != NULL; cascadePtr = nextCascadePtr) { |
|
|
nextCascadePtr = cascadePtr->nextCascadePtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *menuNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1); |
|
|
|
|
|
parentMasterMenuPtr = cascadePtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
|
|
parentMasterEntryPtr = |
|
|
parentMasterMenuPtr->entries[cascadePtr->index]; |
|
|
newObjv[0] = menuNamePtr; |
|
|
newObjv[1] = parentMasterEntryPtr->namePtr; |
|
|
/* |
|
|
* It is possible that the menu info is out of sync, and |
|
|
* these things point to NULL, so verify existence [Bug: 3402] |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
if (newObjv[0] && newObjv[1]) { |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[1]); |
|
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(cascadePtr, 2, newObjv); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(cascadePtr, 0, (Tcl_Obj **) NULL); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) { |
|
|
for (menuInstancePtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
|
|
menuInstancePtr != NULL; |
|
|
menuInstancePtr = menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
|
|
if (menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr == menuPtr) { |
|
|
menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr = |
|
|
menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else if (menuPtr->nextInstancePtr != NULL) { |
|
|
panic("Attempting to delete master menu when there are still clones."); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then |
|
|
* let Tk_FreeConfigOptions handle all the standard option-related |
|
|
* stuff. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = menuPtr->numEntries; --i >= 0; ) { |
|
|
/* |
|
|
* As each menu entry is deleted from the end of the array of |
|
|
* entries, decrement menuPtr->numEntries. Otherwise, the act of |
|
|
* deleting menu entry i will dereference freed memory attempting |
|
|
* to queue a redraw for menu entries (i+1)...numEntries. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
DestroyMenuEntry((char *) menuPtr->entries[i]); |
|
|
menuPtr->numEntries = i; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (menuPtr->entries != NULL) { |
|
|
ckfree((char *) menuPtr->entries); |
|
|
} |
|
|
TkMenuFreeDrawOptions(menuPtr); |
|
|
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) menuPtr, |
|
|
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* TkDestroyMenu -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked by Tcl_EventuallyFree or Tcl_Release |
|
|
* to clean up the internal structure of a menu at a safe time |
|
|
* (when no-one is using it anymore). If called on a master instance, |
|
|
* destroys all of the slave instances. If called on a non-master |
|
|
* instance, just destroys that instance. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Everything associated with the menu is freed up. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
void |
|
|
TkDestroyMenu(menuPtr) |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Info about menu widget. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
TkMenu *menuInstancePtr; |
|
|
TkMenuTopLevelList *topLevelListPtr, *nextTopLevelPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_DELETION_PENDING) { |
|
|
return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Now destroy all non-tearoff instances of this menu if this is a |
|
|
* parent menu. Is this loop safe enough? Are there going to be |
|
|
* destroy bindings on child menus which kill the parent? If not, |
|
|
* we have to do a slightly more complex scheme. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr == menuPtr) { |
|
|
menuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_DELETION_PENDING; |
|
|
while (menuPtr->nextInstancePtr != NULL) { |
|
|
menuInstancePtr = menuPtr->nextInstancePtr; |
|
|
menuPtr->nextInstancePtr = menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr; |
|
|
if (menuInstancePtr->tkwin != NULL) { |
|
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(menuInstancePtr->tkwin); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
menuPtr->menuFlags &= ~MENU_DELETION_PENDING; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If any toplevel widgets have this menu as their menubar, |
|
|
* the geometry of the window may have to be recalculated. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
topLevelListPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr; |
|
|
while (topLevelListPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
nextTopLevelPtr = topLevelListPtr->nextPtr; |
|
|
TkpSetWindowMenuBar(topLevelListPtr->tkwin, NULL); |
|
|
topLevelListPtr = nextTopLevelPtr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
DestroyMenuInstance(menuPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* UnhookCascadeEntry -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This entry is removed from the list of entries that point to the |
|
|
* cascade menu. This is done in preparation for changing the menu |
|
|
* that this entry points to. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The appropriate lists are modified. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
UnhookCascadeEntry(mePtr) |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* The cascade entry we are removing |
|
|
* from the cascade list. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr; |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *prevCascadePtr; |
|
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
menuRefPtr = mePtr->childMenuRefPtr; |
|
|
if (menuRefPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
cascadeEntryPtr = menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; |
|
|
if (cascadeEntryPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Singularly linked list deletion. The two special cases are |
|
|
* 1. one element; 2. The first element is the one we want. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (cascadeEntryPtr == mePtr) { |
|
|
if (cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr == NULL) { |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* This is the last menu entry which points to this |
|
|
* menu, so we need to clear out the list pointer in the |
|
|
* cascade itself. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr = NULL; |
|
|
TkFreeMenuReferences(menuRefPtr); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
mePtr->nextCascadePtr = NULL; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
for (prevCascadePtr = cascadeEntryPtr, |
|
|
cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr; |
|
|
cascadeEntryPtr != NULL; |
|
|
prevCascadePtr = cascadeEntryPtr, |
|
|
cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) { |
|
|
if (cascadeEntryPtr == mePtr){ |
|
|
prevCascadePtr->nextCascadePtr = |
|
|
cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr; |
|
|
cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr = NULL; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr = NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* DestroyMenuEntry -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked by Tcl_EventuallyFree or Tcl_Release |
|
|
* to clean up the internal structure of a menu entry at a safe time |
|
|
* (when no-one is using it anymore). |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Everything associated with the menu entry is freed. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
DestroyMenuEntry(memPtr) |
|
|
char *memPtr; /* Pointer to entry to be freed. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) memPtr; |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuPtr->postedCascade == mePtr) { |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Ignore errors while unposting the menu, since it's possible |
|
|
* that the menu has already been deleted and the unpost will |
|
|
* generate an error. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
TkPostSubmenu(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr, (TkMenuEntry *) NULL); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then |
|
|
* let Tk_FreeConfigOptions handle all the standard option-related |
|
|
* stuff. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) { |
|
|
UnhookCascadeEntry(mePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (mePtr->image != NULL) { |
|
|
Tk_FreeImage(mePtr->image); |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (mePtr->selectImage != NULL) { |
|
|
Tk_FreeImage(mePtr->selectImage); |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) |
|
|
|| (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) |
|
|
&& (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) { |
|
|
char *varName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->namePtr, NULL); |
|
|
Tcl_UntraceVar(menuPtr->interp, varName, |
|
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
|
|
MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
TkpDestroyMenuEntry(mePtr); |
|
|
TkMenuEntryFreeDrawOptions(mePtr); |
|
|
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mePtr, mePtr->optionTable, menuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
ckfree((char *) mePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* MenuWorldChanged -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is called when the world has changed in some |
|
|
* way (such as the fonts in the system changing) and the widget needs |
|
|
* to recompute all its graphics contexts and determine its new geometry. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Menu will be relayed out and redisplayed. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
MenuWorldChanged(instanceData) |
|
|
ClientData instanceData; /* Information about widget. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) instanceData; |
|
|
int i; |
|
|
|
|
|
TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(menuPtr); |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
|
|
TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(menuPtr->entries[i], |
|
|
menuPtr->entries[i]->index); |
|
|
TkpConfigureMenuEntry(menuPtr->entries[i]); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* ConfigureMenu -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list, plus |
|
|
* the Tk option database, in order to configure (or |
|
|
* reconfigure) a menu widget. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* The return value is a standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is |
|
|
* returned, then the interp's result contains an error message. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Configuration information, such as colors, font, etc. get set |
|
|
* for menuPtr; old resources get freed, if there were any. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
ConfigureMenu(interp, menuPtr, objc, objv) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */ |
|
|
register TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Information about widget; may or may |
|
|
* not already have values for some fields. */ |
|
|
int objc; /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int i; |
|
|
TkMenu *menuListPtr, *cleanupPtr; |
|
|
int result; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL; |
|
|
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
|
|
menuListPtr->errorStructPtr = (Tk_SavedOptions *) |
|
|
ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_SavedOptions)); |
|
|
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) menuListPtr, |
|
|
menuListPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, objc, objv, |
|
|
menuListPtr->tkwin, menuListPtr->errorStructPtr, (int *) NULL); |
|
|
if (result != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
|
|
cleanupPtr != menuListPtr; |
|
|
cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
|
|
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
|
|
ckfree((char *) cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
|
|
cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* When a menu is created, the type is in all of the arguments |
|
|
* to the menu command. Let Tk_ConfigureWidget take care of |
|
|
* parsing them, and then set the type after we can look at |
|
|
* the type string. Once set, a menu's type cannot be changed |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuListPtr->menuType == UNKNOWN_TYPE) { |
|
|
Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, menuListPtr->menuTypePtr, |
|
|
menuTypeStrings, NULL, 0, &menuListPtr->menuType); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Configure the new window to be either a pop-up menu |
|
|
* or a tear-off menu. |
|
|
* We don't do this for menubars since they are not toplevel |
|
|
* windows. Also, since this gets called before CloneMenu has |
|
|
* a chance to set the menuType field, we have to look at the |
|
|
* menuTypeName field to tell that this is a menu bar. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuListPtr->menuType == MASTER_MENU) { |
|
|
TkpMakeMenuWindow(menuListPtr->tkwin, 1); |
|
|
} else if (menuListPtr->menuType == TEAROFF_MENU) { |
|
|
TkpMakeMenuWindow(menuListPtr->tkwin, 0); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Depending on the -tearOff option, make sure that there is or |
|
|
* isn't an initial tear-off entry at the beginning of the menu. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuListPtr->tearoff) { |
|
|
if ((menuListPtr->numEntries == 0) |
|
|
|| (menuListPtr->entries[0]->type != TEAROFF_ENTRY)) { |
|
|
if (MenuNewEntry(menuListPtr, 0, TEAROFF_ENTRY) == NULL) { |
|
|
if (menuListPtr->errorStructPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
|
|
cleanupPtr != menuListPtr; |
|
|
cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
|
|
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
|
|
ckfree((char *) cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
|
|
cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
|
|
ckfree((char *) cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
|
|
cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else if ((menuListPtr->numEntries > 0) |
|
|
&& (menuListPtr->entries[0]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY)) { |
|
|
int i; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) menuListPtr->entries[0], |
|
|
DestroyMenuEntry); |
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < menuListPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) { |
|
|
menuListPtr->entries[i] = menuListPtr->entries[i + 1]; |
|
|
menuListPtr->entries[i]->index = i; |
|
|
} |
|
|
menuListPtr->numEntries--; |
|
|
if (menuListPtr->numEntries == 0) { |
|
|
ckfree((char *) menuListPtr->entries); |
|
|
menuListPtr->entries = NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(menuListPtr); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* After reconfiguring a menu, we need to reconfigure all of the |
|
|
* entries in the menu, since some of the things in the children |
|
|
* (such as graphics contexts) may have to change to reflect changes |
|
|
* in the parent. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
mePtr = menuListPtr->entries[i]; |
|
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, 0, (Tcl_Obj **) NULL); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuListPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; cleanupPtr != NULL; |
|
|
cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
|
|
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
|
|
ckfree((char *) cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
|
|
cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return TCL_OK; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* PostProcessEntry -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This is called by ConfigureMenuEntry to do all of the configuration |
|
|
* after Tk_SetOptions is called. This is separate |
|
|
* so that error handling is easier. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* The return value is a standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is |
|
|
* returned, then the interp's result contains an error message. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Configuration information such as label and accelerator get |
|
|
* set for mePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
PostProcessEntry(mePtr) |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* The entry we are configuring. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; |
|
|
int index = mePtr->index; |
|
|
char *name; |
|
|
Tk_Image image; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* The code below handles special configuration stuff not taken |
|
|
* care of by Tk_ConfigureWidget, such as special processing for |
|
|
* defaults, sizing strings, graphics contexts, etc. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
mePtr->labelLength = 0; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &mePtr->labelLength); |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
mePtr->accelLength = 0; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, &mePtr->accelLength); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If this is a cascade entry, the platform-specific data of the child |
|
|
* menu has to be updated. Also, the links that point to parents and |
|
|
* cascades have to be updated. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) { |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr; |
|
|
int alreadyThere; |
|
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; |
|
|
char *oldHashKey = NULL; /* Initialization only needed to |
|
|
* prevent compiler warning. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* This is a cascade entry. If the menu that the cascade entry |
|
|
* is pointing to has changed, we need to remove this entry |
|
|
* from the list of entries pointing to the old menu, and add a |
|
|
* cascade reference to the list of entries pointing to the |
|
|
* new menu. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* BUG: We are not recloning for special case #3 yet. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->namePtr, NULL); |
|
|
if (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
oldHashKey = Tcl_GetHashKey(TkGetMenuHashTable(menuPtr->interp), |
|
|
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr); |
|
|
if (strcmp(oldHashKey, name) != 0) { |
|
|
UnhookCascadeEntry(mePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((mePtr->childMenuRefPtr == NULL) |
|
|
|| (strcmp(oldHashKey, name) != 0)) { |
|
|
menuRefPtr = TkCreateMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp, name); |
|
|
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr = menuRefPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr = mePtr; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
alreadyThere = 0; |
|
|
for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; |
|
|
cascadeEntryPtr != NULL; |
|
|
cascadeEntryPtr = |
|
|
cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) { |
|
|
if (cascadeEntryPtr == mePtr) { |
|
|
alreadyThere = 1; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Put the item at the front of the list. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (!alreadyThere) { |
|
|
mePtr->nextCascadePtr = menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; |
|
|
menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr = mePtr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(mePtr, index) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (TkpConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Get the images for the entry, if there are any. Allocate the |
|
|
* new images before freeing the old ones, so that the reference |
|
|
* counts don't go to zero and cause image data to be discarded. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (mePtr->imagePtr != NULL) { |
|
|
char *imageString = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->imagePtr, NULL); |
|
|
image = Tk_GetImage(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, imageString, |
|
|
TkMenuImageProc, (ClientData) mePtr); |
|
|
if (image == NULL) { |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
image = NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (mePtr->image != NULL) { |
|
|
Tk_FreeImage(mePtr->image); |
|
|
} |
|
|
mePtr->image = image; |
|
|
if (mePtr->selectImagePtr != NULL) { |
|
|
char *selectImageString = Tcl_GetStringFromObj( |
|
|
mePtr->selectImagePtr, NULL); |
|
|
image = Tk_GetImage(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, selectImageString, |
|
|
TkMenuSelectImageProc, (ClientData) mePtr); |
|
|
if (image == NULL) { |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
image = NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (mePtr->selectImage != NULL) { |
|
|
Tk_FreeImage(mePtr->selectImage); |
|
|
} |
|
|
mePtr->selectImage = image; |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) |
|
|
|| (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr; |
|
|
char *name; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (mePtr->namePtr == NULL) { |
|
|
if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
mePtr->namePtr = NULL; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
mePtr->namePtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(mePtr->labelPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(mePtr->namePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (mePtr->onValuePtr == NULL) { |
|
|
if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
mePtr->onValuePtr = NULL; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
mePtr->onValuePtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(mePtr->labelPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(mePtr->onValuePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Select the entry if the associated variable has the |
|
|
* appropriate value, initialize the variable if it doesn't |
|
|
* exist, then set a trace on the variable to monitor future |
|
|
* changes to its value. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) { |
|
|
valuePtr = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(menuPtr->interp, mePtr->namePtr, NULL, |
|
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
valuePtr = NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_SELECTED; |
|
|
if (valuePtr != NULL) { |
|
|
if (mePtr->onValuePtr != NULL) { |
|
|
char *value = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, NULL); |
|
|
char *onValue = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->onValuePtr, |
|
|
NULL); |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp(value, onValue) == 0) { |
|
|
mePtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_SELECTED; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) { |
|
|
Tcl_ObjSetVar2(menuPtr->interp, mePtr->namePtr, NULL, |
|
|
(mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) |
|
|
? mePtr->offValuePtr |
|
|
: Tcl_NewObj(), |
|
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) { |
|
|
name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->namePtr, NULL); |
|
|
Tcl_TraceVar(menuPtr->interp, name, |
|
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
|
|
MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return TCL_OK; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* ConfigureMenuEntry -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list in order |
|
|
* to configure (or reconfigure) one entry in a menu. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* The return value is a standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is |
|
|
* returned, then the interp's result contains an error message. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Configuration information such as label and accelerator get |
|
|
* set for mePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, objc, objv) |
|
|
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* Information about menu entry; may |
|
|
* or may not already have values for |
|
|
* some fields. */ |
|
|
int objc; /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; |
|
|
Tk_SavedOptions errorStruct; |
|
|
int result; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If this entry is a check button or radio button, then remove |
|
|
* its old trace procedure. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((mePtr->namePtr != NULL) |
|
|
&& ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) |
|
|
|| (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY))) { |
|
|
char *name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->namePtr, NULL); |
|
|
Tcl_UntraceVar(menuPtr->interp, name, |
|
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
|
|
MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
result = TCL_OK; |
|
|
if (menuPtr->tkwin != NULL) { |
|
|
if (Tk_SetOptions(menuPtr->interp, (char *) mePtr, |
|
|
mePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, menuPtr->tkwin, |
|
|
&errorStruct, (int *) NULL) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
result = PostProcessEntry(mePtr); |
|
|
if (result != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&errorStruct); |
|
|
PostProcessEntry(mePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&errorStruct); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuPtr); |
|
|
|
|
|
return result; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* ConfigureMenuCloneEntries -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Calls ConfigureMenuEntry for each menu in the clone chain. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* The return value is a standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is |
|
|
* returned, then the interp's result contains an error message. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Configuration information such as label and accelerator get |
|
|
* set for mePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(interp, menuPtr, index, objc, objv) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */ |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Information about whole menu. */ |
|
|
int index; /* Index of mePtr within menuPtr's |
|
|
* entries. */ |
|
|
int objc; /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
|
|
TkMenu *menuListPtr; |
|
|
int cascadeEntryChanged = 0; |
|
|
TkMenuReferences *oldCascadeMenuRefPtr, *cascadeMenuRefPtr = NULL; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *oldCascadePtr = NULL; |
|
|
char *newCascadeName; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Cascades are kind of tricky here. This is special case #3 in the comment |
|
|
* at the top of this file. Basically, if a menu is the master menu of a |
|
|
* clone chain, and has an entry with a cascade menu, the clones of |
|
|
* the menu will point to clones of the cascade menu. We have |
|
|
* to destroy the clones of the cascades, clone the new cascade |
|
|
* menu, and configure the entry to point to the new clone. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
mePtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->entries[index]; |
|
|
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) { |
|
|
oldCascadePtr = mePtr->namePtr; |
|
|
if (oldCascadePtr != NULL) { |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(oldCascadePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) { |
|
|
char *oldCascadeName; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) { |
|
|
newCascadeName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->namePtr, NULL); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
newCascadeName = NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((oldCascadePtr == NULL) && (mePtr->namePtr == NULL)) { |
|
|
cascadeEntryChanged = 0; |
|
|
} else if (((oldCascadePtr == NULL) && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) |
|
|
|| ((oldCascadePtr != NULL) |
|
|
&& (mePtr->namePtr == NULL))) { |
|
|
cascadeEntryChanged = 1; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
oldCascadeName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(oldCascadePtr, |
|
|
NULL); |
|
|
cascadeEntryChanged = (strcmp(oldCascadeName, newCascadeName) |
|
|
== 0); |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (oldCascadePtr != NULL) { |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(oldCascadePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (cascadeEntryChanged) { |
|
|
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) { |
|
|
newCascadeName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->namePtr, NULL); |
|
|
cascadeMenuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp, |
|
|
newCascadeName); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr; |
|
|
menuListPtr != NULL; |
|
|
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
|
|
|
|
|
mePtr = menuListPtr->entries[index]; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (cascadeEntryChanged && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) { |
|
|
oldCascadeMenuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuPtr->interp, |
|
|
mePtr->namePtr); |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((oldCascadeMenuRefPtr != NULL) |
|
|
&& (oldCascadeMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) { |
|
|
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(oldCascadeMenuRefPtr->menuPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (cascadeEntryChanged && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) { |
|
|
if (cascadeMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[2]; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *newCloneNamePtr; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *pathNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj( |
|
|
Tk_PathName(menuListPtr->tkwin), -1); |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *normalPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("normal", -1); |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *menuObjPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1); |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(pathNamePtr); |
|
|
newCloneNamePtr = TkNewMenuName(menuPtr->interp, |
|
|
pathNamePtr, |
|
|
cascadeMenuRefPtr->menuPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newCloneNamePtr); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(normalPtr); |
|
|
CloneMenu(cascadeMenuRefPtr->menuPtr, newCloneNamePtr, |
|
|
normalPtr); |
|
|
|
|
|
newObjv[0] = menuObjPtr; |
|
|
newObjv[1] = newCloneNamePtr; |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(menuObjPtr); |
|
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, 2, newObjv); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newCloneNamePtr); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(pathNamePtr); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(normalPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(menuObjPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
return TCL_OK; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* TkGetMenuIndex -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Parse a textual index into a menu and return the numerical |
|
|
* index of the indicated entry. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* A standard Tcl result. If all went well, then *indexPtr is |
|
|
* filled in with the entry index corresponding to string |
|
|
* (ranges from -1 to the number of entries in the menu minus |
|
|
* one). Otherwise an error message is left in the interp's result. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
int |
|
|
TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objPtr, lastOK, indexPtr) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* For error messages. */ |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Menu for which the index is being |
|
|
* specified. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *objPtr; /* Specification of an entry in menu. See |
|
|
* manual entry for valid .*/ |
|
|
int lastOK; /* Non-zero means its OK to return index |
|
|
* just *after* last entry. */ |
|
|
int *indexPtr; /* Where to store converted index. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int i; |
|
|
char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, NULL); |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((string[0] == 'a') && (strcmp(string, "active") == 0)) { |
|
|
*indexPtr = menuPtr->active; |
|
|
goto success; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (((string[0] == 'l') && (strcmp(string, "last") == 0)) |
|
|
|| ((string[0] == 'e') && (strcmp(string, "end") == 0))) { |
|
|
*indexPtr = menuPtr->numEntries - ((lastOK) ? 0 : 1); |
|
|
goto success; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((string[0] == 'n') && (strcmp(string, "none") == 0)) { |
|
|
*indexPtr = -1; |
|
|
goto success; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (string[0] == '@') { |
|
|
if (GetIndexFromCoords(interp, menuPtr, string, indexPtr) |
|
|
== TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto success; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (isdigit(UCHAR(string[0]))) { |
|
|
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, &i) == TCL_OK) { |
|
|
if (i >= menuPtr->numEntries) { |
|
|
if (lastOK) { |
|
|
i = menuPtr->numEntries; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
i = menuPtr->numEntries-1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else if (i < 0) { |
|
|
i = -1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
*indexPtr = i; |
|
|
goto success; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) NULL, TCL_STATIC); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr; |
|
|
char *label = (labelPtr == NULL) ? NULL |
|
|
: Tcl_GetStringFromObj(labelPtr, NULL); |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((label != NULL) |
|
|
&& (Tcl_StringMatch(label, string))) { |
|
|
*indexPtr = i; |
|
|
goto success; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad menu entry index \"", |
|
|
string, "\"", (char *) NULL); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
|
|
|
success: |
|
|
return TCL_OK; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* MenuCmdDeletedProc -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked when a widget command is deleted. If |
|
|
* the widget isn't already in the process of being destroyed, |
|
|
* this command destroys it. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The widget is destroyed. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
MenuCmdDeletedProc(clientData) |
|
|
ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData; |
|
|
Tk_Window tkwin = menuPtr->tkwin; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* This procedure could be invoked either because the window was |
|
|
* destroyed and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin |
|
|
* is NULL) or because the command was deleted, and then this procedure |
|
|
* destroys the widget. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (tkwin != NULL) { |
|
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* MenuNewEntry -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure allocates and initializes a new menu entry. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* The return value is a pointer to a new menu entry structure, |
|
|
* which has been malloc-ed, initialized, and entered into the |
|
|
* entry array for the menu. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Storage gets allocated. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static TkMenuEntry * |
|
|
MenuNewEntry(menuPtr, index, type) |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Menu that will hold the new entry. */ |
|
|
int index; /* Where in the menu the new entry is to |
|
|
* go. */ |
|
|
int type; /* The type of the new entry. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
|
|
TkMenuEntry **newEntries; |
|
|
int i; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Create a new array of entries with an empty slot for the |
|
|
* new entry. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
newEntries = (TkMenuEntry **) ckalloc((unsigned) |
|
|
((menuPtr->numEntries+1)*sizeof(TkMenuEntry *))); |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < index; i++) { |
|
|
newEntries[i] = menuPtr->entries[i]; |
|
|
} |
|
|
for ( ; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
|
|
newEntries[i+1] = menuPtr->entries[i]; |
|
|
newEntries[i+1]->index = i + 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (menuPtr->numEntries != 0) { |
|
|
ckfree((char *) menuPtr->entries); |
|
|
} |
|
|
menuPtr->entries = newEntries; |
|
|
menuPtr->numEntries++; |
|
|
mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuEntry)); |
|
|
menuPtr->entries[index] = mePtr; |
|
|
mePtr->type = type; |
|
|
mePtr->optionTable = menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[type]; |
|
|
mePtr->menuPtr = menuPtr; |
|
|
mePtr->labelPtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->labelLength = 0; |
|
|
mePtr->underline = -1; |
|
|
mePtr->bitmapPtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->imagePtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->image = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->selectImagePtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->selectImage = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->accelPtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->accelLength = 0; |
|
|
mePtr->state = ENTRY_DISABLED; |
|
|
mePtr->borderPtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->fgPtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->activeBorderPtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->activeFgPtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->fontPtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->indicatorOn = 0; |
|
|
mePtr->indicatorFgPtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->columnBreak = 0; |
|
|
mePtr->hideMargin = 0; |
|
|
mePtr->commandPtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->namePtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->onValuePtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->offValuePtr = NULL; |
|
|
mePtr->entryFlags = 0; |
|
|
mePtr->index = index; |
|
|
mePtr->nextCascadePtr = NULL; |
|
|
if (Tk_InitOptions(menuPtr->interp, (char *) mePtr, |
|
|
mePtr->optionTable, menuPtr->tkwin) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
ckfree((char *) mePtr); |
|
|
return NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
TkMenuInitializeEntryDrawingFields(mePtr); |
|
|
if (TkpMenuNewEntry(mePtr) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mePtr, mePtr->optionTable, |
|
|
menuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
ckfree((char *) mePtr); |
|
|
return NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return mePtr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* MenuAddOrInsert -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure does all of the work of the "add" and "insert" |
|
|
* widget commands, allowing the code for these to be shared. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* A standard Tcl return value. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* A new menu entry is created in menuPtr. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
MenuAddOrInsert(interp, menuPtr, indexPtr, objc, objv) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */ |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Widget in which to create new |
|
|
* entry. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *indexPtr; /* Object describing index at which |
|
|
* to insert. NULL means insert at |
|
|
* end. */ |
|
|
int objc; /* Number of elements in objv. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments to command: first arg |
|
|
* is type of entry, others are |
|
|
* config options. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int type, index; |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
|
|
TkMenu *menuListPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (indexPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, indexPtr, 1, &index) |
|
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
index = menuPtr->numEntries; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (index < 0) { |
|
|
char *indexString = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(indexPtr, NULL); |
|
|
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", indexString, "\"", |
|
|
(char *) NULL); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (menuPtr->tearoff && (index == 0)) { |
|
|
index = 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Figure out the type of the new entry. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[0], menuEntryTypeStrings, |
|
|
"menu entry type", 0, &type) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Now we have to add an entry for every instance related to this menu. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL; |
|
|
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
|
|
|
|
|
mePtr = MenuNewEntry(menuListPtr, index, type); |
|
|
if (mePtr == NULL) { |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, objc - 1, objv + 1) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
TkMenu *errorMenuPtr; |
|
|
int i; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (errorMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
|
|
errorMenuPtr != NULL; |
|
|
errorMenuPtr = errorMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
|
|
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) errorMenuPtr->entries[index], |
|
|
DestroyMenuEntry); |
|
|
for (i = index; i < errorMenuPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) { |
|
|
errorMenuPtr->entries[i] = errorMenuPtr->entries[i + 1]; |
|
|
errorMenuPtr->entries[i]->index = i; |
|
|
} |
|
|
errorMenuPtr->numEntries--; |
|
|
if (errorMenuPtr->numEntries == 0) { |
|
|
ckfree((char *) errorMenuPtr->entries); |
|
|
errorMenuPtr->entries = NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (errorMenuPtr == menuListPtr) { |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If a menu has cascades, then every instance of the menu has |
|
|
* to have its own parallel cascade structure. So adding an |
|
|
* entry to a menu with clones means that the menu that the |
|
|
* entry points to has to be cloned for every clone the |
|
|
* master menu has. This is special case #2 in the comment |
|
|
* at the top of this file. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((menuPtr != menuListPtr) && (type == CASCADE_ENTRY)) { |
|
|
if ((mePtr->namePtr != NULL) |
|
|
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL) |
|
|
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) { |
|
|
TkMenu *cascadeMenuPtr = |
|
|
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *newCascadePtr; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *menuNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1); |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *windowNamePtr = |
|
|
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(menuListPtr->tkwin), -1); |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *normalPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("normal", -1); |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[2]; |
|
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
|
|
newCascadePtr = TkNewMenuName(menuListPtr->interp, |
|
|
windowNamePtr, cascadeMenuPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newCascadePtr); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(normalPtr); |
|
|
CloneMenu(cascadeMenuPtr, newCascadePtr, normalPtr); |
|
|
|
|
|
menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuListPtr->interp, |
|
|
newCascadePtr); |
|
|
if (menuRefPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
panic("CloneMenu failed inside of MenuAddOrInsert."); |
|
|
} |
|
|
newObjv[0] = menuNamePtr; |
|
|
newObjv[1] = newCascadePtr; |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(menuNamePtr); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newCascadePtr); |
|
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, 2, newObjv); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newCascadePtr); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(menuNamePtr); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(normalPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
return TCL_OK; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* MenuVarProc -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked when someone changes the |
|
|
* state variable associated with a radiobutton or checkbutton |
|
|
* menu entry. The entry's selected state is set to match |
|
|
* the value of the variable. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* NULL is always returned. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The menu entry may become selected or deselected. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static char * |
|
|
MenuVarProc(clientData, interp, name1, name2, flags) |
|
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about menu entry. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter containing variable. */ |
|
|
char *name1; /* First part of variable's name. */ |
|
|
char *name2; /* Second part of variable's name. */ |
|
|
int flags; /* Describes what just happened. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) clientData; |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; |
|
|
char *value; |
|
|
char *name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->namePtr, NULL); |
|
|
char *onValue; |
|
|
|
|
|
menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the |
|
|
* trace unless the whole interpreter is going away. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { |
|
|
mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_SELECTED; |
|
|
if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { |
|
|
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, name, |
|
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
|
|
MenuVarProc, clientData); |
|
|
} |
|
|
TkpConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr); |
|
|
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, (TkMenuEntry *) NULL); |
|
|
return (char *) NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Use the value of the variable to update the selected status of |
|
|
* the menu entry. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, name, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
|
|
if (value == NULL) { |
|
|
value = ""; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (mePtr->onValuePtr != NULL) { |
|
|
onValue = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->onValuePtr, NULL); |
|
|
if (strcmp(value, onValue) == 0) { |
|
|
if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED) { |
|
|
return (char *) NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
mePtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_SELECTED; |
|
|
} else if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED) { |
|
|
mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_SELECTED; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
return (char *) NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
return (char *) NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
TkpConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr); |
|
|
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, mePtr); |
|
|
return (char *) NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* TkActivateMenuEntry -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This procedure is invoked to make a particular menu entry |
|
|
* the active one, deactivating any other entry that might |
|
|
* currently be active. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* The return value is a standard Tcl result (errors can occur |
|
|
* while posting and unposting submenus). |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Menu entries get redisplayed, and the active entry changes. |
|
|
* Submenus may get posted and unposted. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
int |
|
|
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, index) |
|
|
register TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Menu in which to activate. */ |
|
|
int index; /* Index of entry to activate, or |
|
|
* -1 to deactivate all entries. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
|
|
int result = TCL_OK; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuPtr->active >= 0) { |
|
|
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->active]; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Don't change the state unless it's currently active (state |
|
|
* might already have been changed to disabled). |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) { |
|
|
mePtr->state = ENTRY_NORMAL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->active]); |
|
|
} |
|
|
menuPtr->active = index; |
|
|
if (index >= 0) { |
|
|
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index]; |
|
|
mePtr->state = ENTRY_ACTIVE; |
|
|
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, mePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
return result; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* TkPostCommand -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Execute the postcommand for the given menu. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* The return value is a standard Tcl result (errors can occur |
|
|
* while the postcommands are being processed). |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Since commands can get executed while this routine is being executed, |
|
|
* the entire world can change. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
int |
|
|
TkPostCommand(menuPtr) |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int result; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* If there is a command for the menu, execute it. This |
|
|
* may change the size of the menu, so be sure to recompute |
|
|
* the menu's geometry if needed. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuPtr->postCommandPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *postCommandPtr = menuPtr->postCommandPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(postCommandPtr); |
|
|
result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(menuPtr->interp, postCommandPtr, |
|
|
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(postCommandPtr); |
|
|
if (result != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
return result; |
|
|
} |
|
|
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
return TCL_OK; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* CloneMenu -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Creates a child copy of the menu. It will be inserted into |
|
|
* the menu's instance chain. All attributes and entry |
|
|
* attributes will be duplicated. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* A standard Tcl result. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Allocates storage. After the menu is created, any |
|
|
* configuration done with this menu or any related one |
|
|
* will be reflected in all of them. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
CloneMenu(menuPtr, newMenuNamePtr, newMenuTypePtr) |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The menu we are going to clone */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *newMenuNamePtr; /* The name to give the new menu */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *newMenuTypePtr; /* What kind of menu is this, a normal menu |
|
|
* a menubar, or a tearoff? */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int returnResult; |
|
|
int menuType, i; |
|
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *menuDupCommandArray[4]; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (newMenuTypePtr == NULL) { |
|
|
menuType = MASTER_MENU; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(menuPtr->interp, newMenuTypePtr, |
|
|
menuTypeStrings, "menu type", 0, &menuType) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
menuDupCommandArray[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj("tkMenuDup", -1); |
|
|
menuDupCommandArray[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1); |
|
|
menuDupCommandArray[2] = newMenuNamePtr; |
|
|
if (newMenuTypePtr == NULL) { |
|
|
menuDupCommandArray[3] = Tcl_NewStringObj("normal", -1); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
menuDupCommandArray[3] = newMenuTypePtr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) { |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(menuDupCommandArray[i]); |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) menuPtr); |
|
|
returnResult = Tcl_EvalObjv(menuPtr->interp, 4, menuDupCommandArray, 0); |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) { |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(menuDupCommandArray[i]); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Make sure the tcl command actually created the clone. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((returnResult == TCL_OK) && |
|
|
((menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuPtr->interp, |
|
|
newMenuNamePtr)) != (TkMenuReferences *) NULL) |
|
|
&& (menuPtr->numEntries == menuRefPtr->menuPtr->numEntries)) { |
|
|
TkMenu *newMenuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[3]; |
|
|
char *newArgv[3]; |
|
|
int i, numElements; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Now put this newly created menu into the parent menu's instance |
|
|
* chain. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuPtr->nextInstancePtr == NULL) { |
|
|
menuPtr->nextInstancePtr = newMenuPtr; |
|
|
newMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
TkMenu *masterMenuPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
masterMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
|
|
newMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr = masterMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr; |
|
|
masterMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr = newMenuPtr; |
|
|
newMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr = masterMenuPtr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Add the master menu's window to the bind tags for this window |
|
|
* after this window's tag. This is so the user can bind to either |
|
|
* this clone (which may not be easy to do) or the entire menu |
|
|
* clone structure. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
newArgv[0] = "bindtags"; |
|
|
newArgv[1] = Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
if (Tk_BindtagsCmd((ClientData)newMenuPtr->tkwin, |
|
|
newMenuPtr->interp, 2, newArgv) == TCL_OK) { |
|
|
char *windowName; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *bindingsPtr = |
|
|
Tcl_DuplicateObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(newMenuPtr->interp)); |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *elementPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_ListObjLength(newMenuPtr->interp, bindingsPtr, &numElements); |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < numElements; i++) { |
|
|
Tcl_ListObjIndex(newMenuPtr->interp, bindingsPtr, i, |
|
|
&elementPtr); |
|
|
windowName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(elementPtr, NULL); |
|
|
if (strcmp(windowName, Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->tkwin)) |
|
|
== 0) { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *newElementPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj( |
|
|
Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin), -1); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newElementPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_ListObjReplace(menuPtr->interp, bindingsPtr, |
|
|
i + 1, 0, 1, &newElementPtr); |
|
|
newArgv[2] = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(bindingsPtr, NULL); |
|
|
Tk_BindtagsCmd((ClientData)newMenuPtr->tkwin, |
|
|
menuPtr->interp, 3, newArgv); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(bindingsPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_ResetResult(menuPtr->interp); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Clone all of the cascade menus that this menu points to. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
|
|
TkMenuReferences *cascadeRefPtr; |
|
|
TkMenu *oldCascadePtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((menuPtr->entries[i]->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) |
|
|
&& (menuPtr->entries[i]->namePtr != NULL)) { |
|
|
cascadeRefPtr = |
|
|
TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuPtr->interp, |
|
|
menuPtr->entries[i]->namePtr); |
|
|
if ((cascadeRefPtr != NULL) && (cascadeRefPtr->menuPtr)) { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *windowNamePtr = |
|
|
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->tkwin), |
|
|
-1); |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *newCascadePtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
oldCascadePtr = cascadeRefPtr->menuPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
|
|
newCascadePtr = TkNewMenuName(menuPtr->interp, |
|
|
windowNamePtr, oldCascadePtr); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newCascadePtr); |
|
|
CloneMenu(oldCascadePtr, newCascadePtr, NULL); |
|
|
|
|
|
newObjv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1); |
|
|
newObjv[1] = newCascadePtr; |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
|
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(newMenuPtr->entries[i], 2, newObjv); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newCascadePtr); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
returnResult = TCL_OK; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
returnResult = TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr); |
|
|
return returnResult; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* MenuDoYPosition -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Given arguments from an option command line, returns the Y position. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* Returns TCL_OK or TCL_Error |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* yPosition is set to the Y-position of the menu entry. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
MenuDoYPosition(interp, menuPtr, objPtr) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *objPtr; |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int index; |
|
|
|
|
|
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr); |
|
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objPtr, 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_ResetResult(interp); |
|
|
if (index < 0) { |
|
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(0)); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(menuPtr->entries[index]->y)); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return TCL_OK; |
|
|
|
|
|
error: |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* GetIndexFromCoords -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Given a string of the form "@int", return the menu item corresponding |
|
|
* to int. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* If int is a valid number, *indexPtr will be the number of the menuentry |
|
|
* that is the correct height. If int is invaled, *indexPtr will be |
|
|
* unchanged. Returns appropriate Tcl error number. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* If int is invalid, interp's result will set to NULL. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
GetIndexFromCoords(interp, menuPtr, string, indexPtr) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* interp of menu */ |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* the menu we are searching */ |
|
|
char *string; /* The @string we are parsing */ |
|
|
int *indexPtr; /* The index of the item that matches */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int x, y, i; |
|
|
char *p, *end; |
|
|
|
|
|
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr); |
|
|
p = string + 1; |
|
|
y = strtol(p, &end, 0); |
|
|
if (end == p) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (*end == ',') { |
|
|
x = y; |
|
|
p = end + 1; |
|
|
y = strtol(p, &end, 0); |
|
|
if (end == p) { |
|
|
goto error; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, menuPtr->tkwin, |
|
|
menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, &x); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
|
|
if ((x >= menuPtr->entries[i]->x) && (y >= menuPtr->entries[i]->y) |
|
|
&& (x < (menuPtr->entries[i]->x + menuPtr->entries[i]->width)) |
|
|
&& (y < (menuPtr->entries[i]->y |
|
|
+ menuPtr->entries[i]->height))) { |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (i >= menuPtr->numEntries) { |
|
|
/* i = menuPtr->numEntries - 1; */ |
|
|
i = -1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
*indexPtr = i; |
|
|
return TCL_OK; |
|
|
|
|
|
error: |
|
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) NULL, TCL_STATIC); |
|
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* RecursivelyDeleteMenu -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Deletes a menu and any cascades underneath it. Used for deleting |
|
|
* instances when a menu is no longer being used as a menubar, |
|
|
* for instance. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Destroys the menu and all cascade menus underneath it. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(menuPtr) |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The menubar instance we are deleting */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int i; |
|
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
|
|
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i]; |
|
|
if ((mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) |
|
|
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL) |
|
|
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) { |
|
|
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* TkNewMenuName -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Makes a new unique name for a cloned menu. Will be a child |
|
|
* of oldName. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* Returns a char * which has been allocated; caller must free. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* Memory is allocated. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_Obj * |
|
|
TkNewMenuName(interp, parentPtr, menuPtr) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interp the new name has to live in.*/ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *parentPtr; /* The prefix path of the new name. */ |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The menu we are cloning. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = NULL; /* Initialization needed only to prevent |
|
|
* compiler warning. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *childPtr; |
|
|
char *destString; |
|
|
int i; |
|
|
int doDot; |
|
|
Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo; |
|
|
Tcl_HashTable *nameTablePtr = NULL; |
|
|
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin; |
|
|
char *parentName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(parentPtr, NULL); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (winPtr->mainPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
nameTablePtr = &(winPtr->mainPtr->nameTable); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
doDot = parentName[strlen(parentName) - 1] != '.'; |
|
|
|
|
|
childPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1); |
|
|
for (destString = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(childPtr, NULL); |
|
|
*destString != '\0'; destString++) { |
|
|
if (*destString == '.') { |
|
|
*destString = '#'; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; ; i++) { |
|
|
if (i == 0) { |
|
|
resultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(parentPtr); |
|
|
if (doDot) { |
|
|
Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, ".", -1); |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, childPtr); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *intPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr); |
|
|
resultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(parentPtr); |
|
|
if (doDot) { |
|
|
Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, ".", -1); |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, childPtr); |
|
|
intPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(i); |
|
|
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, intPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(intPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
destString = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(resultPtr, NULL); |
|
|
if ((Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, destString, &cmdInfo) == 0) |
|
|
&& ((nameTablePtr == NULL) |
|
|
|| (Tcl_FindHashEntry(nameTablePtr, destString) == NULL))) { |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(childPtr); |
|
|
return resultPtr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* TkSetWindowMenuBar -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Associates a menu with a window. Called by ConfigureFrame in |
|
|
* in response to a "-menu .foo" configuration option for a top |
|
|
* level. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The old menu clones for the menubar are thrown away, and a |
|
|
* handler is set up to allocate the new ones. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
void |
|
|
TkSetWindowMenuBar(interp, tkwin, oldMenuName, menuName) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interpreter the toplevel lives in. */ |
|
|
Tk_Window tkwin; /* The toplevel window */ |
|
|
char *oldMenuName; /* The name of the menubar previously set in |
|
|
* this toplevel. NULL means no menu was |
|
|
* set previously. */ |
|
|
char *menuName; /* The name of the new menubar that the |
|
|
* toplevel needs to be set to. NULL means |
|
|
* that their is no menu now. */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
TkMenuTopLevelList *topLevelListPtr, *prevTopLevelPtr; |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; |
|
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
TkMenuInit(); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Destroy the menubar instances of the old menu. Take this window |
|
|
* out of the old menu's top level reference list. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (oldMenuName != NULL) { |
|
|
menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(interp, oldMenuName); |
|
|
if (menuRefPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Find the menubar instance that is to be removed. Destroy |
|
|
* it and all of the cascades underneath it. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
TkMenu *instancePtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
menuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (instancePtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
|
|
instancePtr != NULL; |
|
|
instancePtr = instancePtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
|
|
if (instancePtr->menuType == MENUBAR |
|
|
&& instancePtr->parentTopLevelPtr == tkwin) { |
|
|
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(instancePtr); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Now we need to remove this toplevel from the list of toplevels |
|
|
* that reference this menu. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
for (topLevelListPtr = menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr, |
|
|
prevTopLevelPtr = NULL; |
|
|
(topLevelListPtr != NULL) |
|
|
&& (topLevelListPtr->tkwin != tkwin); |
|
|
prevTopLevelPtr = topLevelListPtr, |
|
|
topLevelListPtr = topLevelListPtr->nextPtr) { |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Empty loop body. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Now we have found the toplevel reference that matches the |
|
|
* tkwin; remove this reference from the list. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (topLevelListPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
if (prevTopLevelPtr == NULL) { |
|
|
menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr = |
|
|
menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr->nextPtr; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
prevTopLevelPtr->nextPtr = topLevelListPtr->nextPtr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
ckfree((char *) topLevelListPtr); |
|
|
TkFreeMenuReferences(menuRefPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Now, add the clone references for the new menu. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (menuName != NULL && menuName[0] != 0) { |
|
|
TkMenu *menuBarPtr = NULL; |
|
|
|
|
|
menuRefPtr = TkCreateMenuReferences(interp, menuName); |
|
|
|
|
|
menuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr; |
|
|
if (menuPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *cloneMenuPtr; |
|
|
TkMenuReferences *cloneMenuRefPtr; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[4]; |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *windowNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(tkwin), |
|
|
-1); |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *menubarPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("menubar", -1); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Clone the menu and all of the cascades underneath it. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
|
|
cloneMenuPtr = TkNewMenuName(interp, windowNamePtr, |
|
|
menuPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cloneMenuPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(menubarPtr); |
|
|
CloneMenu(menuPtr, cloneMenuPtr, menubarPtr); |
|
|
|
|
|
cloneMenuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(interp, cloneMenuPtr); |
|
|
if ((cloneMenuRefPtr != NULL) |
|
|
&& (cloneMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) { |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *cursorPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-cursor", -1); |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *nullPtr = Tcl_NewObj(); |
|
|
cloneMenuRefPtr->menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr = tkwin; |
|
|
menuBarPtr = cloneMenuRefPtr->menuPtr; |
|
|
newObjv[0] = cursorPtr; |
|
|
newObjv[1] = nullPtr; |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cursorPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(nullPtr); |
|
|
ConfigureMenu(menuPtr->interp, cloneMenuRefPtr->menuPtr, |
|
|
2, newObjv); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(cursorPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(nullPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
TkpSetWindowMenuBar(tkwin, menuBarPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(cloneMenuPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(menubarPtr); |
|
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
TkpSetWindowMenuBar(tkwin, NULL); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
* Add this window to the menu's list of windows that refer |
|
|
* to this menu. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
topLevelListPtr = (TkMenuTopLevelList *) |
|
|
ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuTopLevelList)); |
|
|
topLevelListPtr->tkwin = tkwin; |
|
|
topLevelListPtr->nextPtr = menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr; |
|
|
menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr = topLevelListPtr; |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
TkpSetWindowMenuBar(tkwin, NULL); |
|
|
} |
|
|
TkpSetMainMenubar(interp, tkwin, menuName); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* DestroyMenuHashTable -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Called when an interp is deleted and a menu hash table has |
|
|
* been set in it. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The hash table is destroyed. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
DestroyMenuHashTable(clientData, interp) |
|
|
ClientData clientData; /* The menu hash table we are destroying */ |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interpreter we are destroying */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Tcl_DeleteHashTable((Tcl_HashTable *) clientData); |
|
|
ckfree((char *) clientData); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* TkGetMenuHashTable -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* For a given interp, give back the menu hash table that goes with |
|
|
* it. If the hash table does not exist, it is created. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* Returns a hash table pointer. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* A new hash table is created if there were no table in the interp |
|
|
* originally. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
Tcl_HashTable * |
|
|
TkGetMenuHashTable(interp) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interp we need the hash table in.*/ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Tcl_HashTable *menuTablePtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
menuTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, MENU_HASH_KEY, |
|
|
NULL); |
|
|
if (menuTablePtr == NULL) { |
|
|
menuTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable)); |
|
|
Tcl_InitHashTable(menuTablePtr, TCL_STRING_KEYS); |
|
|
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, MENU_HASH_KEY, DestroyMenuHashTable, |
|
|
(ClientData) menuTablePtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
return menuTablePtr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* TkCreateMenuReferences -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Given a pathname, gives back a pointer to a TkMenuReferences structure. |
|
|
* If a reference is not already in the hash table, one is created. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* Returns a pointer to a menu reference structure. Should not |
|
|
* be freed by calller; when a field of the reference is cleared, |
|
|
* TkFreeMenuReferences should be called. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* A new hash table entry is created if there were no references |
|
|
* to the menu originally. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
TkMenuReferences * |
|
|
TkCreateMenuReferences(interp, pathName) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; |
|
|
char *pathName; /* The path of the menu widget */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr; |
|
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; |
|
|
int newEntry; |
|
|
Tcl_HashTable *menuTablePtr = TkGetMenuHashTable(interp); |
|
|
|
|
|
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(menuTablePtr, pathName, &newEntry); |
|
|
if (newEntry) { |
|
|
menuRefPtr = (TkMenuReferences *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuReferences)); |
|
|
menuRefPtr->menuPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr = NULL; |
|
|
menuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr = hashEntryPtr; |
|
|
Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, (char *) menuRefPtr); |
|
|
} else { |
|
|
menuRefPtr = (TkMenuReferences *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
return menuRefPtr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* TkFindMenuReferences -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Given a pathname, gives back a pointer to the TkMenuReferences |
|
|
* structure. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* Returns a pointer to a menu reference structure. Should not |
|
|
* be freed by calller; when a field of the reference is cleared, |
|
|
* TkFreeMenuReferences should be called. Returns NULL if no reference |
|
|
* with this pathname exists. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
TkMenuReferences * |
|
|
TkFindMenuReferences(interp, pathName) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interp the menu is living in. */ |
|
|
char *pathName; /* The path of the menu widget */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr; |
|
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr = NULL; |
|
|
Tcl_HashTable *menuTablePtr; |
|
|
|
|
|
menuTablePtr = TkGetMenuHashTable(interp); |
|
|
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(menuTablePtr, pathName); |
|
|
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) { |
|
|
menuRefPtr = (TkMenuReferences *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
return menuRefPtr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* TkFindMenuReferencesObj -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Given a pathname, gives back a pointer to the TkMenuReferences |
|
|
* structure. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* Returns a pointer to a menu reference structure. Should not |
|
|
* be freed by calller; when a field of the reference is cleared, |
|
|
* TkFreeMenuReferences should be called. Returns NULL if no reference |
|
|
* with this pathname exists. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
TkMenuReferences * |
|
|
TkFindMenuReferencesObj(interp, objPtr) |
|
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interp the menu is living in. */ |
|
|
Tcl_Obj *objPtr; /* The path of the menu widget */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
char *pathName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, NULL); |
|
|
return TkFindMenuReferences(interp, pathName); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* TkFreeMenuReferences -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* This is called after one of the fields in a menu reference |
|
|
* is cleared. It cleans up the ref if it is now empty. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* If this is the last field to be cleared, the menu ref is |
|
|
* taken out of the hash table. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
void |
|
|
TkFreeMenuReferences(menuRefPtr) |
|
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; /* The menu reference to |
|
|
* free */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if ((menuRefPtr->menuPtr == NULL) |
|
|
&& (menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr == NULL) |
|
|
&& (menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr == NULL)) { |
|
|
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(menuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr); |
|
|
ckfree((char *) menuRefPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* DeleteMenuCloneEntries -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* For every clone in this clone chain, delete the menu entries |
|
|
* given by the parameters. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* The appropriate entries are deleted from all clones of this menu. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
DeleteMenuCloneEntries(menuPtr, first, last) |
|
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* the menu the command was issued with */ |
|
|
int first; /* the zero-based first entry in the set |
|
|
* of entries to delete. */ |
|
|
int last; /* the zero-based last entry */ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
|
|
|
TkMenu *menuListPtr; |
|
|
int numDeleted, i; |
|
|
|
|
|
numDeleted = last + 1 - first; |
|
|
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL; |
|
|
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
|
|
for (i = last; i >= first; i--) { |
|
|
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) menuListPtr->entries[i], |
|
|
DestroyMenuEntry); |
|
|
} |
|
|
for (i = last + 1; i < menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
|
|
menuListPtr->entries[i - numDeleted] = menuListPtr->entries[i]; |
|
|
menuListPtr->entries[i - numDeleted]->index = i; |
|
|
} |
|
|
menuListPtr->numEntries -= numDeleted; |
|
|
if (menuListPtr->numEntries == 0) { |
|
|
ckfree((char *) menuListPtr->entries); |
|
|
menuListPtr->entries = NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if ((menuListPtr->active >= first) |
|
|
&& (menuListPtr->active <= last)) { |
|
|
menuListPtr->active = -1; |
|
|
} else if (menuListPtr->active > last) { |
|
|
menuListPtr->active -= numDeleted; |
|
|
} |
|
|
TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuListPtr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* TkMenuInit -- |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Sets up the hash tables and the variables used by the menu package. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Results: |
|
|
* None. |
|
|
* |
|
|
* Side effects: |
|
|
* lastMenuID gets initialized, and the parent hash and the command hash |
|
|
* are allocated. |
|
|
* |
|
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
void |
|
|
TkMenuInit() |
|
|
{ |
|
|
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) |
|
|
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (!menusInitialized) { |
|
|
Tcl_MutexLock(&menuMutex); |
|
|
if (!menusInitialized) { |
|
|
TkpMenuInit(); |
|
|
menusInitialized = 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&menuMutex); |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (!tsdPtr->menusInitialized) { |
|
|
TkpMenuThreadInit(); |
|
|
tsdPtr->menusInitialized = 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* $History: tkMenu.c $ |
|
|
* |
|
|
* ***************** Version 1 ***************** |
|
|
* User: Dtashley Date: 1/02/01 Time: 2:58a |
|
|
* Created in $/IjuScripter, IjuConsole/Source/Tk Base |
|
|
* Initial check-in. |
|
|
*/ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* End of TKMENU.C */ |
|
| 1 |
|
/* $Header$ */ |
| 2 |
|
|
| 3 |
|
/* |
| 4 |
|
* tkMenu.c -- |
| 5 |
|
* |
| 6 |
|
* This file contains most of the code for implementing menus in Tk. It takes |
| 7 |
|
* care of all of the generic (platform-independent) parts of menus, and |
| 8 |
|
* is supplemented by platform-specific files. The geometry calculation |
| 9 |
|
* and drawing code for menus is in the file tkMenuDraw.c |
| 10 |
|
* |
| 11 |
|
* Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. |
| 12 |
|
* Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
| 13 |
|
* |
| 14 |
|
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution |
| 15 |
|
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
| 16 |
|
* |
| 17 |
|
* RCS: @(#) $Id: tkmenu.c,v 1.1.1.1 2001/06/13 05:05:37 dtashley Exp $ |
| 18 |
|
*/ |
| 19 |
|
|
| 20 |
|
/* |
| 21 |
|
* Notes on implementation of menus: |
| 22 |
|
* |
| 23 |
|
* Menus can be used in three ways: |
| 24 |
|
* - as a popup menu, either as part of a menubutton or standalone. |
| 25 |
|
* - as a menubar. The menu's cascade items are arranged according to |
| 26 |
|
* the specific platform to provide the user access to the menus at all |
| 27 |
|
* times |
| 28 |
|
* - as a tearoff palette. This is a window with the menu's items in it. |
| 29 |
|
* |
| 30 |
|
* The goal is to provide the Tk developer with a way to use a common |
| 31 |
|
* set of menus for all of these tasks. |
| 32 |
|
* |
| 33 |
|
* In order to make the bindings for cascade menus work properly under Unix, |
| 34 |
|
* the cascade menus' pathnames must be proper children of the menu that |
| 35 |
|
* they are cascade from. So if there is a menu .m, and it has two |
| 36 |
|
* cascades labelled "File" and "Edit", the cascade menus might have |
| 37 |
|
* the pathnames .m.file and .m.edit. Another constraint is that the menus |
| 38 |
|
* used for menubars must be children of the toplevel widget that they |
| 39 |
|
* are attached to. And on the Macintosh, the platform specific menu handle |
| 40 |
|
* for cascades attached to a menu bar must have a title that matches the |
| 41 |
|
* label for the cascade menu. |
| 42 |
|
* |
| 43 |
|
* To handle all of the constraints, Tk menubars and tearoff menus are |
| 44 |
|
* implemented using menu clones. Menu clones are full menus in their own |
| 45 |
|
* right; they have a Tk window and pathname associated with them; they have |
| 46 |
|
* a TkMenu structure and array of entries. However, they are linked with the |
| 47 |
|
* original menu that they were cloned from. The reflect the attributes of |
| 48 |
|
* the original, or "master", menu. So if an item is added to a menu, and |
| 49 |
|
* that menu has clones, then the item must be added to all of its clones |
| 50 |
|
* also. Menus are cloned when a menu is torn-off or when a menu is assigned |
| 51 |
|
* as a menubar using the "-menu" option of the toplevel's pathname configure |
| 52 |
|
* subcommand. When a clone is destroyed, only the clone is destroyed, but |
| 53 |
|
* when the master menu is destroyed, all clones are also destroyed. This |
| 54 |
|
* allows the developer to just deal with one set of menus when creating |
| 55 |
|
* and destroying. |
| 56 |
|
* |
| 57 |
|
* Clones are rather tricky when a menu with cascade entries is cloned (such |
| 58 |
|
* as a menubar). Not only does the menu have to be cloned, but each cascade |
| 59 |
|
* entry's corresponding menu must also be cloned. This maintains the pathname |
| 60 |
|
* parent-child hierarchy necessary for menubars and toplevels to work. |
| 61 |
|
* This leads to several special cases: |
| 62 |
|
* |
| 63 |
|
* 1. When a new menu is created, and it is pointed to by cascade entries in |
| 64 |
|
* cloned menus, the new menu has to be cloned to parallel the cascade |
| 65 |
|
* structure. |
| 66 |
|
* 2. When a cascade item is added to a menu that has been cloned, and the |
| 67 |
|
* menu that the cascade item points to exists, that menu has to be cloned. |
| 68 |
|
* 3. When the menu that a cascade entry points to is changed, the old |
| 69 |
|
* cloned cascade menu has to be discarded, and the new one has to be cloned. |
| 70 |
|
* |
| 71 |
|
*/ |
| 72 |
|
|
| 73 |
|
#if 0 |
| 74 |
|
|
| 75 |
|
/* |
| 76 |
|
* used only to test for old config code |
| 77 |
|
*/ |
| 78 |
|
|
| 79 |
|
#define __NO_OLD_CONFIG |
| 80 |
|
#endif |
| 81 |
|
|
| 82 |
|
#include "tkPort.h" |
| 83 |
|
#include "tkMenu.h" |
| 84 |
|
|
| 85 |
|
#define MENU_HASH_KEY "tkMenus" |
| 86 |
|
|
| 87 |
|
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { |
| 88 |
|
int menusInitialized; /* Flag indicates whether thread-specific |
| 89 |
|
* elements of the Windows Menu module |
| 90 |
|
* have been initialized. */ |
| 91 |
|
} ThreadSpecificData; |
| 92 |
|
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; |
| 93 |
|
|
| 94 |
|
/* |
| 95 |
|
* The following flag indicates whether the process-wide state for |
| 96 |
|
* the Menu module has been intialized. The Mutex protects access to |
| 97 |
|
* that flag. |
| 98 |
|
*/ |
| 99 |
|
|
| 100 |
|
static int menusInitialized; |
| 101 |
|
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(menuMutex) |
| 102 |
|
|
| 103 |
|
/* |
| 104 |
|
* Configuration specs for individual menu entries. If this changes, be sure |
| 105 |
|
* to update code in TkpMenuInit that changes the font string entry. |
| 106 |
|
*/ |
| 107 |
|
|
| 108 |
|
char *tkMenuStateStrings[] = {"active", "normal", "disabled", (char *) NULL}; |
| 109 |
|
|
| 110 |
|
static char *menuEntryTypeStrings[] = {"cascade", "checkbutton", "command", |
| 111 |
|
"radiobutton", "separator", (char *) NULL}; |
| 112 |
|
|
| 113 |
|
Tk_OptionSpec tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs[] = { |
| 114 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 115 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, activeBorderPtr), -1, |
| 116 |
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 117 |
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 118 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG, |
| 119 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, activeFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 120 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-accelerator", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 121 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR, |
| 122 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, accelPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 123 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 124 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG, |
| 125 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 126 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 127 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP, |
| 128 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, bitmapPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 129 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-columnbreak", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 130 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK, |
| 131 |
|
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, columnBreak)}, |
| 132 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 133 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND, |
| 134 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, commandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 135 |
|
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 136 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT, |
| 137 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, fontPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 138 |
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 139 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG, |
| 140 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, fgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 141 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hidemargin", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 142 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN, |
| 143 |
|
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, hideMargin)}, |
| 144 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 145 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE, |
| 146 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, imagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 147 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-label", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 148 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, |
| 149 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, labelPtr), -1, 0}, |
| 150 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 151 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE, |
| 152 |
|
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, state), 0, |
| 153 |
|
(ClientData) tkMenuStateStrings}, |
| 154 |
|
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 155 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, underline)}, |
| 156 |
|
{TK_OPTION_END} |
| 157 |
|
}; |
| 158 |
|
|
| 159 |
|
Tk_OptionSpec tkSeparatorEntryConfigSpecs[] = { |
| 160 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 161 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG, |
| 162 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 163 |
|
{TK_OPTION_END} |
| 164 |
|
}; |
| 165 |
|
|
| 166 |
|
Tk_OptionSpec tkCheckButtonEntryConfigSpecs[] = { |
| 167 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 168 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR, |
| 169 |
|
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorOn)}, |
| 170 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offvalue", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 171 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE, |
| 172 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, offValuePtr), -1}, |
| 173 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 174 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE, |
| 175 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, onValuePtr), -1}, |
| 176 |
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 177 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT, |
| 178 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 179 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 180 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE, |
| 181 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, selectImagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 182 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 183 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE, |
| 184 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 185 |
|
{TK_OPTION_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 186 |
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs} |
| 187 |
|
}; |
| 188 |
|
|
| 189 |
|
Tk_OptionSpec tkRadioButtonEntryConfigSpecs[] = { |
| 190 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 191 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR, |
| 192 |
|
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorOn)}, |
| 193 |
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 194 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT, |
| 195 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 196 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 197 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE, |
| 198 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, selectImagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 199 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 200 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE, |
| 201 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, onValuePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 202 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 203 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE, |
| 204 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, 0}, |
| 205 |
|
{TK_OPTION_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 206 |
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs} |
| 207 |
|
}; |
| 208 |
|
|
| 209 |
|
Tk_OptionSpec tkCascadeEntryConfigSpecs[] = { |
| 210 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 211 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU, |
| 212 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 213 |
|
{TK_OPTION_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 214 |
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs} |
| 215 |
|
}; |
| 216 |
|
|
| 217 |
|
Tk_OptionSpec tkTearoffEntryConfigSpecs[] = { |
| 218 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 219 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG, |
| 220 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 221 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 222 |
|
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, state), 0, |
| 223 |
|
(ClientData) tkMenuStateStrings}, |
| 224 |
|
{TK_OPTION_END} |
| 225 |
|
}; |
| 226 |
|
|
| 227 |
|
static Tk_OptionSpec *specsArray[] = { |
| 228 |
|
tkCascadeEntryConfigSpecs, tkCheckButtonEntryConfigSpecs, |
| 229 |
|
tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, tkRadioButtonEntryConfigSpecs, |
| 230 |
|
tkSeparatorEntryConfigSpecs, tkTearoffEntryConfigSpecs}; |
| 231 |
|
|
| 232 |
|
/* |
| 233 |
|
* Menu type strings for use with Tcl_GetIndexFromObj. |
| 234 |
|
*/ |
| 235 |
|
|
| 236 |
|
static char *menuTypeStrings[] = {"normal", "tearoff", "menubar", |
| 237 |
|
(char *) NULL}; |
| 238 |
|
|
| 239 |
|
Tk_OptionSpec tkMenuConfigSpecs[] = { |
| 240 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", |
| 241 |
|
"Foreground", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, |
| 242 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeBorderPtr), -1, 0, |
| 243 |
|
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO}, |
| 244 |
|
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-activeborderwidth", "activeBorderWidth", |
| 245 |
|
"BorderWidth", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH, |
| 246 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeBorderWidthPtr), -1}, |
| 247 |
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", |
| 248 |
|
"Background", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, |
| 249 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeFgPtr), -1, 0, |
| 250 |
|
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO}, |
| 251 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background", |
| 252 |
|
DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, borderPtr), -1, 0, |
| 253 |
|
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_BG_MONO}, |
| 254 |
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 255 |
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth"}, |
| 256 |
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 257 |
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background"}, |
| 258 |
|
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", |
| 259 |
|
DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH, |
| 260 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, borderWidthPtr), -1, 0}, |
| 261 |
|
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", |
| 262 |
|
DEF_MENU_CURSOR, |
| 263 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, cursorPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 264 |
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground", |
| 265 |
|
"DisabledForeground", DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR, |
| 266 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, disabledFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, |
| 267 |
|
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO}, |
| 268 |
|
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL, |
| 269 |
|
(char *) NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground"}, |
| 270 |
|
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", |
| 271 |
|
DEF_MENU_FONT, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, fontPtr), -1}, |
| 272 |
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground", |
| 273 |
|
DEF_MENU_FG, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, fgPtr), -1}, |
| 274 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-postcommand", "postCommand", "Command", |
| 275 |
|
DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND, |
| 276 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, postCommandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 277 |
|
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", |
| 278 |
|
DEF_MENU_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, reliefPtr), -1}, |
| 279 |
|
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", "selectColor", "Background", |
| 280 |
|
DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, indicatorFgPtr), -1, 0, |
| 281 |
|
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO}, |
| 282 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", |
| 283 |
|
DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS, |
| 284 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, takeFocusPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 285 |
|
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-tearoff", "tearOff", "TearOff", |
| 286 |
|
DEF_MENU_TEAROFF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, tearoff)}, |
| 287 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tearoffcommand", "tearOffCommand", |
| 288 |
|
"TearOffCommand", DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD, |
| 289 |
|
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, tearoffCommandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 290 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-title", "title", "Title", |
| 291 |
|
DEF_MENU_TITLE, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, titlePtr), -1, |
| 292 |
|
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK}, |
| 293 |
|
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-type", "type", "Type", |
| 294 |
|
DEF_MENU_TYPE, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, menuTypePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, |
| 295 |
|
(ClientData) menuTypeStrings}, |
| 296 |
|
{TK_OPTION_END} |
| 297 |
|
}; |
| 298 |
|
|
| 299 |
|
/* |
| 300 |
|
* Command line options. Put here because MenuCmd has to look at them |
| 301 |
|
* along with MenuWidgetObjCmd. |
| 302 |
|
*/ |
| 303 |
|
|
| 304 |
|
static char *menuOptions[] = { |
| 305 |
|
"activate", "add", "cget", "clone", "configure", "delete", "entrycget", |
| 306 |
|
"entryconfigure", "index", "insert", "invoke", "post", "postcascade", |
| 307 |
|
"type", "unpost", "yposition", (char *) NULL |
| 308 |
|
}; |
| 309 |
|
enum options { |
| 310 |
|
MENU_ACTIVATE, MENU_ADD, MENU_CGET, MENU_CLONE, MENU_CONFIGURE, |
| 311 |
|
MENU_DELETE, MENU_ENTRYCGET, MENU_ENTRYCONFIGURE, MENU_INDEX, |
| 312 |
|
MENU_INSERT, MENU_INVOKE, MENU_POST, MENU_POSTCASCADE, MENU_TYPE, |
| 313 |
|
MENU_UNPOST, MENU_YPOSITION |
| 314 |
|
}; |
| 315 |
|
|
| 316 |
|
/* |
| 317 |
|
* Prototypes for static procedures in this file: |
| 318 |
|
*/ |
| 319 |
|
|
| 320 |
|
static int CloneMenu _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr, |
| 321 |
|
Tcl_Obj *newMenuName, Tcl_Obj *newMenuTypeString)); |
| 322 |
|
static int ConfigureMenu _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 323 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); |
| 324 |
|
static int ConfigureMenuCloneEntries _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
| 325 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, int index, |
| 326 |
|
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); |
| 327 |
|
static int ConfigureMenuEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenuEntry *mePtr, |
| 328 |
|
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); |
| 329 |
|
static void DeleteMenuCloneEntries _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr, |
| 330 |
|
int first, int last)); |
| 331 |
|
static void DestroyMenuHashTable _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
| 332 |
|
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp)); |
| 333 |
|
static void DestroyMenuInstance _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr)); |
| 334 |
|
static void DestroyMenuEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((char *memPtr)); |
| 335 |
|
static int GetIndexFromCoords |
| 336 |
|
_ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, |
| 337 |
|
char *string, int *indexPtr)); |
| 338 |
|
static int MenuDoYPosition _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 339 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)); |
| 340 |
|
static int MenuAddOrInsert _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| 341 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *indexPtr, int objc, |
| 342 |
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); |
| 343 |
|
static int MenuCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, |
| 344 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, |
| 345 |
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); |
| 346 |
|
static void MenuCmdDeletedProc _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
| 347 |
|
ClientData clientData)); |
| 348 |
|
static TkMenuEntry * MenuNewEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr, int index, |
| 349 |
|
int type)); |
| 350 |
|
static char * MenuVarProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, |
| 351 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp, char *name1, char *name2, |
| 352 |
|
int flags)); |
| 353 |
|
static int MenuWidgetObjCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, |
| 354 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, |
| 355 |
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])); |
| 356 |
|
static void MenuWorldChanged _ANSI_ARGS_(( |
| 357 |
|
ClientData instanceData)); |
| 358 |
|
static int PostProcessEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenuEntry *mePtr)); |
| 359 |
|
static void RecursivelyDeleteMenu _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr)); |
| 360 |
|
static void UnhookCascadeEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenuEntry *mePtr)); |
| 361 |
|
|
| 362 |
|
/* |
| 363 |
|
* The structure below is a list of procs that respond to certain window |
| 364 |
|
* manager events. One of these includes a font change, which forces |
| 365 |
|
* the geometry proc to be called. |
| 366 |
|
*/ |
| 367 |
|
|
| 368 |
|
static TkClassProcs menuClass = { |
| 369 |
|
NULL, /* createProc. */ |
| 370 |
|
MenuWorldChanged /* geometryProc. */ |
| 371 |
|
}; |
| 372 |
|
|
| 373 |
|
/* |
| 374 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 375 |
|
* |
| 376 |
|
* Tk_CreateMenuCmd -- |
| 377 |
|
* |
| 378 |
|
* Called by Tk at initialization time to create the menu |
| 379 |
|
* command. |
| 380 |
|
* |
| 381 |
|
* Results: |
| 382 |
|
* A standard Tcl result. |
| 383 |
|
* |
| 384 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 385 |
|
* See the user documentation. |
| 386 |
|
* |
| 387 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 388 |
|
*/ |
| 389 |
|
|
| 390 |
|
int |
| 391 |
|
TkCreateMenuCmd(interp) |
| 392 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter we are creating the |
| 393 |
|
* command in. */ |
| 394 |
|
{ |
| 395 |
|
TkMenuOptionTables *optionTablesPtr = |
| 396 |
|
(TkMenuOptionTables *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuOptionTables)); |
| 397 |
|
|
| 398 |
|
optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable = |
| 399 |
|
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, tkMenuConfigSpecs); |
| 400 |
|
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[TEAROFF_ENTRY] = |
| 401 |
|
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[TEAROFF_ENTRY]); |
| 402 |
|
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[COMMAND_ENTRY] = |
| 403 |
|
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[COMMAND_ENTRY]); |
| 404 |
|
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[CASCADE_ENTRY] = |
| 405 |
|
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[CASCADE_ENTRY]); |
| 406 |
|
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[SEPARATOR_ENTRY] = |
| 407 |
|
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[SEPARATOR_ENTRY]); |
| 408 |
|
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY] = |
| 409 |
|
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY]); |
| 410 |
|
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY] = |
| 411 |
|
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY]); |
| 412 |
|
|
| 413 |
|
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "menu", MenuCmd, |
| 414 |
|
(ClientData) optionTablesPtr, NULL); |
| 415 |
|
|
| 416 |
|
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) { |
| 417 |
|
Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "menu", "menu"); |
| 418 |
|
} |
| 419 |
|
|
| 420 |
|
return TCL_OK; |
| 421 |
|
} |
| 422 |
|
|
| 423 |
|
/* |
| 424 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 425 |
|
* |
| 426 |
|
* MenuCmd -- |
| 427 |
|
* |
| 428 |
|
* This procedure is invoked to process the "menu" Tcl |
| 429 |
|
* command. See the user documentation for details on |
| 430 |
|
* what it does. |
| 431 |
|
* |
| 432 |
|
* Results: |
| 433 |
|
* A standard Tcl result. |
| 434 |
|
* |
| 435 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 436 |
|
* See the user documentation. |
| 437 |
|
* |
| 438 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 439 |
|
*/ |
| 440 |
|
|
| 441 |
|
static int |
| 442 |
|
MenuCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) |
| 443 |
|
ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with |
| 444 |
|
* interpreter. */ |
| 445 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ |
| 446 |
|
int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ |
| 447 |
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument strings. */ |
| 448 |
|
{ |
| 449 |
|
Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp); |
| 450 |
|
Tk_Window new; |
| 451 |
|
register TkMenu *menuPtr; |
| 452 |
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; |
| 453 |
|
int i, index; |
| 454 |
|
int toplevel; |
| 455 |
|
char *windowName; |
| 456 |
|
static char *typeStringList[] = {"-type", (char *) NULL}; |
| 457 |
|
TkMenuOptionTables *optionTablesPtr = (TkMenuOptionTables *) clientData; |
| 458 |
|
|
| 459 |
|
if (objc < 2) { |
| 460 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?"); |
| 461 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 462 |
|
} |
| 463 |
|
|
| 464 |
|
TkMenuInit(); |
| 465 |
|
|
| 466 |
|
toplevel = 1; |
| 467 |
|
for (i = 2; i < (objc - 1); i++) { |
| 468 |
|
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[i], typeStringList, NULL, 0, &index) |
| 469 |
|
!= TCL_ERROR) { |
| 470 |
|
if ((Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[i + 1], menuTypeStrings, NULL, |
| 471 |
|
0, &index) == TCL_OK) && (index == MENUBAR)) { |
| 472 |
|
toplevel = 0; |
| 473 |
|
} |
| 474 |
|
break; |
| 475 |
|
} |
| 476 |
|
} |
| 477 |
|
|
| 478 |
|
windowName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], NULL); |
| 479 |
|
new = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, tkwin, windowName, toplevel ? "" |
| 480 |
|
: NULL); |
| 481 |
|
if (new == NULL) { |
| 482 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 483 |
|
} |
| 484 |
|
|
| 485 |
|
/* |
| 486 |
|
* Initialize the data structure for the menu. |
| 487 |
|
*/ |
| 488 |
|
|
| 489 |
|
menuPtr = (TkMenu *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenu)); |
| 490 |
|
menuPtr->tkwin = new; |
| 491 |
|
menuPtr->display = Tk_Display(new); |
| 492 |
|
menuPtr->interp = interp; |
| 493 |
|
menuPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, |
| 494 |
|
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), MenuWidgetObjCmd, |
| 495 |
|
(ClientData) menuPtr, MenuCmdDeletedProc); |
| 496 |
|
menuPtr->entries = NULL; |
| 497 |
|
menuPtr->numEntries = 0; |
| 498 |
|
menuPtr->active = -1; |
| 499 |
|
menuPtr->borderPtr = NULL; |
| 500 |
|
menuPtr->borderWidthPtr = NULL; |
| 501 |
|
menuPtr->reliefPtr = NULL; |
| 502 |
|
menuPtr->activeBorderPtr = NULL; |
| 503 |
|
menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr = NULL; |
| 504 |
|
menuPtr->fontPtr = NULL; |
| 505 |
|
menuPtr->fgPtr = NULL; |
| 506 |
|
menuPtr->disabledFgPtr = NULL; |
| 507 |
|
menuPtr->activeFgPtr = NULL; |
| 508 |
|
menuPtr->indicatorFgPtr = NULL; |
| 509 |
|
menuPtr->tearoff = 0; |
| 510 |
|
menuPtr->tearoffCommandPtr = NULL; |
| 511 |
|
menuPtr->cursorPtr = None; |
| 512 |
|
menuPtr->takeFocusPtr = NULL; |
| 513 |
|
menuPtr->postCommandPtr = NULL; |
| 514 |
|
menuPtr->postCommandGeneration = 0; |
| 515 |
|
menuPtr->postedCascade = NULL; |
| 516 |
|
menuPtr->nextInstancePtr = NULL; |
| 517 |
|
menuPtr->masterMenuPtr = menuPtr; |
| 518 |
|
menuPtr->menuType = UNKNOWN_TYPE; |
| 519 |
|
menuPtr->menuFlags = 0; |
| 520 |
|
menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr = NULL; |
| 521 |
|
menuPtr->menuTypePtr = NULL; |
| 522 |
|
menuPtr->titlePtr = NULL; |
| 523 |
|
menuPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL; |
| 524 |
|
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr = optionTablesPtr; |
| 525 |
|
TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(menuPtr); |
| 526 |
|
|
| 527 |
|
Tk_SetClass(menuPtr->tkwin, "Menu"); |
| 528 |
|
TkSetClassProcs(menuPtr->tkwin, &menuClass, (ClientData) menuPtr); |
| 529 |
|
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) menuPtr, |
| 530 |
|
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin) |
| 531 |
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
| 532 |
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin); |
| 533 |
|
ckfree((char *) menuPtr); |
| 534 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 535 |
|
} |
| 536 |
|
|
| 537 |
|
|
| 538 |
|
menuRefPtr = TkCreateMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp, |
| 539 |
|
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)); |
| 540 |
|
menuRefPtr->menuPtr = menuPtr; |
| 541 |
|
menuPtr->menuRefPtr = menuRefPtr; |
| 542 |
|
if (TCL_OK != TkpNewMenu(menuPtr)) { |
| 543 |
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin); |
| 544 |
|
ckfree((char *) menuPtr); |
| 545 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 546 |
|
} |
| 547 |
|
|
| 548 |
|
Tk_CreateEventHandler(new, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|ActivateMask, |
| 549 |
|
TkMenuEventProc, (ClientData) menuPtr); |
| 550 |
|
if (ConfigureMenu(interp, menuPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK) { |
| 551 |
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin); |
| 552 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 553 |
|
} |
| 554 |
|
|
| 555 |
|
/* |
| 556 |
|
* If a menu has a parent menu pointing to it as a cascade entry, the |
| 557 |
|
* parent menu needs to be told that this menu now exists so that |
| 558 |
|
* the platform-part of the menu is correctly updated. |
| 559 |
|
* |
| 560 |
|
* If a menu has an instance and has cascade entries, then each cascade |
| 561 |
|
* menu must also have a parallel instance. This is especially true on |
| 562 |
|
* the Mac, where each menu has to have a separate title everytime it is in |
| 563 |
|
* a menubar. For instance, say you have a menu .m1 with a cascade entry |
| 564 |
|
* for .m2, where .m2 does not exist yet. You then put .m1 into a menubar. |
| 565 |
|
* This creates a menubar instance for .m1, but since .m2 is not there, |
| 566 |
|
* nothing else happens. When we go to create .m2, we hook it up properly |
| 567 |
|
* with .m1. However, we now need to clone .m2 and assign the clone of .m2 |
| 568 |
|
* to be the cascade entry for the clone of .m1. This is special case |
| 569 |
|
* #1 listed in the introductory comment. |
| 570 |
|
*/ |
| 571 |
|
|
| 572 |
|
if (menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr != NULL) { |
| 573 |
|
TkMenuEntry *cascadeListPtr = menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; |
| 574 |
|
TkMenuEntry *nextCascadePtr; |
| 575 |
|
Tcl_Obj *newMenuName; |
| 576 |
|
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[2]; |
| 577 |
|
|
| 578 |
|
while (cascadeListPtr != NULL) { |
| 579 |
|
|
| 580 |
|
nextCascadePtr = cascadeListPtr->nextCascadePtr; |
| 581 |
|
|
| 582 |
|
/* |
| 583 |
|
* If we have a new master menu, and an existing cloned menu |
| 584 |
|
* points to this menu in a cascade entry, we have to clone |
| 585 |
|
* the new menu and point the entry to the clone instead |
| 586 |
|
* of the menu we are creating. Otherwise, ConfigureMenuEntry |
| 587 |
|
* will hook up the platform-specific cascade linkages now |
| 588 |
|
* that the menu we are creating exists. |
| 589 |
|
*/ |
| 590 |
|
|
| 591 |
|
if ((menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) |
| 592 |
|
|| ((menuPtr->masterMenuPtr == menuPtr) |
| 593 |
|
&& ((cascadeListPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr |
| 594 |
|
== cascadeListPtr->menuPtr)))) { |
| 595 |
|
newObjv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1); |
| 596 |
|
newObjv[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1); |
| 597 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
| 598 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[1]); |
| 599 |
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(cascadeListPtr, 2, newObjv); |
| 600 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
| 601 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]); |
| 602 |
|
} else { |
| 603 |
|
Tcl_Obj *normalPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("normal", -1); |
| 604 |
|
Tcl_Obj *windowNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj( |
| 605 |
|
Tk_PathName(cascadeListPtr->menuPtr->tkwin), -1); |
| 606 |
|
|
| 607 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(normalPtr); |
| 608 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
| 609 |
|
newMenuName = TkNewMenuName(menuPtr->interp, |
| 610 |
|
windowNamePtr, menuPtr); |
| 611 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newMenuName); |
| 612 |
|
CloneMenu(menuPtr, newMenuName, normalPtr); |
| 613 |
|
|
| 614 |
|
/* |
| 615 |
|
* Now we can set the new menu instance to be the cascade entry |
| 616 |
|
* of the parent's instance. |
| 617 |
|
*/ |
| 618 |
|
|
| 619 |
|
newObjv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1); |
| 620 |
|
newObjv[1] = newMenuName; |
| 621 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
| 622 |
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(cascadeListPtr, 2, newObjv); |
| 623 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(normalPtr); |
| 624 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
| 625 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]); |
| 626 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
| 627 |
|
} |
| 628 |
|
cascadeListPtr = nextCascadePtr; |
| 629 |
|
} |
| 630 |
|
} |
| 631 |
|
|
| 632 |
|
/* |
| 633 |
|
* If there already exist toplevel widgets that refer to this menu, |
| 634 |
|
* find them and notify them so that they can reconfigure their |
| 635 |
|
* geometry to reflect the menu. |
| 636 |
|
*/ |
| 637 |
|
|
| 638 |
|
if (menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr != NULL) { |
| 639 |
|
TkMenuTopLevelList *topLevelListPtr = menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr; |
| 640 |
|
TkMenuTopLevelList *nextPtr; |
| 641 |
|
Tk_Window listtkwin; |
| 642 |
|
while (topLevelListPtr != NULL) { |
| 643 |
|
|
| 644 |
|
/* |
| 645 |
|
* Need to get the next pointer first. TkSetWindowMenuBar |
| 646 |
|
* changes the list, so that the next pointer is different |
| 647 |
|
* after calling it. |
| 648 |
|
*/ |
| 649 |
|
|
| 650 |
|
nextPtr = topLevelListPtr->nextPtr; |
| 651 |
|
listtkwin = topLevelListPtr->tkwin; |
| 652 |
|
TkSetWindowMenuBar(menuPtr->interp, listtkwin, |
| 653 |
|
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)); |
| 654 |
|
topLevelListPtr = nextPtr; |
| 655 |
|
} |
| 656 |
|
} |
| 657 |
|
|
| 658 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), TCL_STATIC); |
| 659 |
|
return TCL_OK; |
| 660 |
|
} |
| 661 |
|
|
| 662 |
|
/* |
| 663 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 664 |
|
* |
| 665 |
|
* MenuWidgetObjCmd -- |
| 666 |
|
* |
| 667 |
|
* This procedure is invoked to process the Tcl command |
| 668 |
|
* that corresponds to a widget managed by this module. |
| 669 |
|
* See the user documentation for details on what it does. |
| 670 |
|
* |
| 671 |
|
* Results: |
| 672 |
|
* A standard Tcl result. |
| 673 |
|
* |
| 674 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 675 |
|
* See the user documentation. |
| 676 |
|
* |
| 677 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 678 |
|
*/ |
| 679 |
|
|
| 680 |
|
static int |
| 681 |
|
MenuWidgetObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) |
| 682 |
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about menu widget. */ |
| 683 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ |
| 684 |
|
int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ |
| 685 |
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument strings. */ |
| 686 |
|
{ |
| 687 |
|
register TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData; |
| 688 |
|
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
| 689 |
|
int result = TCL_OK; |
| 690 |
|
int option; |
| 691 |
|
|
| 692 |
|
if (objc < 2) { |
| 693 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?"); |
| 694 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 695 |
|
} |
| 696 |
|
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], menuOptions, "option", 0, |
| 697 |
|
&option) != TCL_OK) { |
| 698 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 699 |
|
} |
| 700 |
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) menuPtr); |
| 701 |
|
|
| 702 |
|
switch ((enum options) option) { |
| 703 |
|
case MENU_ACTIVATE: { |
| 704 |
|
int index; |
| 705 |
|
|
| 706 |
|
if (objc != 3) { |
| 707 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "activate index"); |
| 708 |
|
goto error; |
| 709 |
|
} |
| 710 |
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) |
| 711 |
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
| 712 |
|
goto error; |
| 713 |
|
} |
| 714 |
|
if (menuPtr->active == index) { |
| 715 |
|
goto done; |
| 716 |
|
} |
| 717 |
|
if ((index >= 0) |
| 718 |
|
&& ((menuPtr->entries[index]->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) |
| 719 |
|
|| (menuPtr->entries[index]->state |
| 720 |
|
== ENTRY_DISABLED))) { |
| 721 |
|
index = -1; |
| 722 |
|
} |
| 723 |
|
result = TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, index); |
| 724 |
|
break; |
| 725 |
|
} |
| 726 |
|
case MENU_ADD: |
| 727 |
|
if (objc < 3) { |
| 728 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "add type ?options?"); |
| 729 |
|
goto error; |
| 730 |
|
} |
| 731 |
|
|
| 732 |
|
if (MenuAddOrInsert(interp, menuPtr, (Tcl_Obj *) NULL, |
| 733 |
|
objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK) { |
| 734 |
|
goto error; |
| 735 |
|
} |
| 736 |
|
break; |
| 737 |
|
case MENU_CGET: { |
| 738 |
|
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr; |
| 739 |
|
|
| 740 |
|
if (objc != 3) { |
| 741 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option"); |
| 742 |
|
goto error; |
| 743 |
|
} |
| 744 |
|
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) menuPtr, |
| 745 |
|
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2], |
| 746 |
|
menuPtr->tkwin); |
| 747 |
|
if (resultPtr == NULL) { |
| 748 |
|
goto error; |
| 749 |
|
} |
| 750 |
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); |
| 751 |
|
break; |
| 752 |
|
} |
| 753 |
|
case MENU_CLONE: |
| 754 |
|
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) { |
| 755 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, |
| 756 |
|
"clone newMenuName ?menuType?"); |
| 757 |
|
goto error; |
| 758 |
|
} |
| 759 |
|
result = CloneMenu(menuPtr, objv[2], (objc == 3) ? NULL : objv[3]); |
| 760 |
|
break; |
| 761 |
|
case MENU_CONFIGURE: { |
| 762 |
|
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr; |
| 763 |
|
|
| 764 |
|
if (objc == 2) { |
| 765 |
|
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) menuPtr, |
| 766 |
|
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, |
| 767 |
|
(Tcl_Obj *) NULL, menuPtr->tkwin); |
| 768 |
|
if (resultPtr == NULL) { |
| 769 |
|
result = TCL_ERROR; |
| 770 |
|
} else { |
| 771 |
|
result = TCL_OK; |
| 772 |
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); |
| 773 |
|
} |
| 774 |
|
} else if (objc == 3) { |
| 775 |
|
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) menuPtr, |
| 776 |
|
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, |
| 777 |
|
objv[2], menuPtr->tkwin); |
| 778 |
|
if (resultPtr == NULL) { |
| 779 |
|
result = TCL_ERROR; |
| 780 |
|
} else { |
| 781 |
|
result = TCL_OK; |
| 782 |
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); |
| 783 |
|
} |
| 784 |
|
} else { |
| 785 |
|
result = ConfigureMenu(interp, menuPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2); |
| 786 |
|
} |
| 787 |
|
if (result != TCL_OK) { |
| 788 |
|
goto error; |
| 789 |
|
} |
| 790 |
|
break; |
| 791 |
|
} |
| 792 |
|
case MENU_DELETE: { |
| 793 |
|
int first, last; |
| 794 |
|
|
| 795 |
|
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { |
| 796 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "delete first ?last?"); |
| 797 |
|
goto error; |
| 798 |
|
} |
| 799 |
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &first) |
| 800 |
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
| 801 |
|
goto error; |
| 802 |
|
} |
| 803 |
|
if (objc == 3) { |
| 804 |
|
last = first; |
| 805 |
|
} else { |
| 806 |
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[3], 0, &last) |
| 807 |
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
| 808 |
|
goto error; |
| 809 |
|
} |
| 810 |
|
} |
| 811 |
|
if (menuPtr->tearoff && (first == 0)) { |
| 812 |
|
|
| 813 |
|
/* |
| 814 |
|
* Sorry, can't delete the tearoff entry; must reconfigure |
| 815 |
|
* the menu. |
| 816 |
|
*/ |
| 817 |
|
|
| 818 |
|
first = 1; |
| 819 |
|
} |
| 820 |
|
if ((first < 0) || (last < first)) { |
| 821 |
|
goto done; |
| 822 |
|
} |
| 823 |
|
DeleteMenuCloneEntries(menuPtr, first, last); |
| 824 |
|
break; |
| 825 |
|
} |
| 826 |
|
case MENU_ENTRYCGET: { |
| 827 |
|
int index; |
| 828 |
|
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr; |
| 829 |
|
|
| 830 |
|
if (objc != 4) { |
| 831 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "entrycget index option"); |
| 832 |
|
goto error; |
| 833 |
|
} |
| 834 |
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) |
| 835 |
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
| 836 |
|
goto error; |
| 837 |
|
} |
| 838 |
|
if (index < 0) { |
| 839 |
|
goto done; |
| 840 |
|
} |
| 841 |
|
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index]; |
| 842 |
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr); |
| 843 |
|
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) mePtr, |
| 844 |
|
mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin); |
| 845 |
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr); |
| 846 |
|
if (resultPtr == NULL) { |
| 847 |
|
goto error; |
| 848 |
|
} |
| 849 |
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); |
| 850 |
|
break; |
| 851 |
|
} |
| 852 |
|
case MENU_ENTRYCONFIGURE: { |
| 853 |
|
int index; |
| 854 |
|
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr; |
| 855 |
|
|
| 856 |
|
if (objc < 3) { |
| 857 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, |
| 858 |
|
"entryconfigure index ?option value ...?"); |
| 859 |
|
goto error; |
| 860 |
|
} |
| 861 |
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) |
| 862 |
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
| 863 |
|
goto error; |
| 864 |
|
} |
| 865 |
|
if (index < 0) { |
| 866 |
|
goto done; |
| 867 |
|
} |
| 868 |
|
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index]; |
| 869 |
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr); |
| 870 |
|
if (objc == 3) { |
| 871 |
|
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mePtr, |
| 872 |
|
mePtr->optionTable, (Tcl_Obj *) NULL, menuPtr->tkwin); |
| 873 |
|
if (resultPtr == NULL) { |
| 874 |
|
result = TCL_ERROR; |
| 875 |
|
} else { |
| 876 |
|
result = TCL_OK; |
| 877 |
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); |
| 878 |
|
} |
| 879 |
|
} else if (objc == 4) { |
| 880 |
|
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mePtr, |
| 881 |
|
mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin); |
| 882 |
|
if (resultPtr == NULL) { |
| 883 |
|
result = TCL_ERROR; |
| 884 |
|
} else { |
| 885 |
|
result = TCL_OK; |
| 886 |
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr); |
| 887 |
|
} |
| 888 |
|
} else { |
| 889 |
|
result = ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(interp, menuPtr, index, |
| 890 |
|
objc - 3, objv + 3); |
| 891 |
|
} |
| 892 |
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr); |
| 893 |
|
break; |
| 894 |
|
} |
| 895 |
|
case MENU_INDEX: { |
| 896 |
|
int index; |
| 897 |
|
|
| 898 |
|
if (objc != 3) { |
| 899 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "index string"); |
| 900 |
|
goto error; |
| 901 |
|
} |
| 902 |
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) |
| 903 |
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
| 904 |
|
goto error; |
| 905 |
|
} |
| 906 |
|
if (index < 0) { |
| 907 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "none", TCL_STATIC); |
| 908 |
|
} else { |
| 909 |
|
Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), index); |
| 910 |
|
} |
| 911 |
|
break; |
| 912 |
|
} |
| 913 |
|
case MENU_INSERT: |
| 914 |
|
if (objc < 4) { |
| 915 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, |
| 916 |
|
"insert index type ?options?"); |
| 917 |
|
goto error; |
| 918 |
|
} |
| 919 |
|
if (MenuAddOrInsert(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], objc - 3, |
| 920 |
|
objv + 3) != TCL_OK) { |
| 921 |
|
goto error; |
| 922 |
|
} |
| 923 |
|
break; |
| 924 |
|
case MENU_INVOKE: { |
| 925 |
|
int index; |
| 926 |
|
|
| 927 |
|
if (objc != 3) { |
| 928 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "invoke index"); |
| 929 |
|
goto error; |
| 930 |
|
} |
| 931 |
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) |
| 932 |
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
| 933 |
|
goto error; |
| 934 |
|
} |
| 935 |
|
if (index < 0) { |
| 936 |
|
goto done; |
| 937 |
|
} |
| 938 |
|
result = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, index); |
| 939 |
|
break; |
| 940 |
|
} |
| 941 |
|
case MENU_POST: { |
| 942 |
|
int x, y; |
| 943 |
|
|
| 944 |
|
if (objc != 4) { |
| 945 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "post x y"); |
| 946 |
|
goto error; |
| 947 |
|
} |
| 948 |
|
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) |
| 949 |
|
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) { |
| 950 |
|
goto error; |
| 951 |
|
} |
| 952 |
|
|
| 953 |
|
/* |
| 954 |
|
* Tearoff menus are posted differently on Mac and Windows than |
| 955 |
|
* non-tearoffs. TkpPostMenu does not actually map the menu's |
| 956 |
|
* window on those platforms, and popup menus have to be |
| 957 |
|
* handled specially. |
| 958 |
|
*/ |
| 959 |
|
|
| 960 |
|
if (menuPtr->menuType != TEAROFF_MENU) { |
| 961 |
|
result = TkpPostMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y); |
| 962 |
|
} else { |
| 963 |
|
result = TkPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y); |
| 964 |
|
} |
| 965 |
|
break; |
| 966 |
|
} |
| 967 |
|
case MENU_POSTCASCADE: { |
| 968 |
|
int index; |
| 969 |
|
|
| 970 |
|
if (objc != 3) { |
| 971 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "postcascade index"); |
| 972 |
|
goto error; |
| 973 |
|
} |
| 974 |
|
|
| 975 |
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) |
| 976 |
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
| 977 |
|
goto error; |
| 978 |
|
} |
| 979 |
|
if ((index < 0) || (menuPtr->entries[index]->type |
| 980 |
|
!= CASCADE_ENTRY)) { |
| 981 |
|
result = TkPostSubmenu(interp, menuPtr, (TkMenuEntry *) NULL); |
| 982 |
|
} else { |
| 983 |
|
result = TkPostSubmenu(interp, menuPtr, |
| 984 |
|
menuPtr->entries[index]); |
| 985 |
|
} |
| 986 |
|
break; |
| 987 |
|
} |
| 988 |
|
case MENU_TYPE: { |
| 989 |
|
int index; |
| 990 |
|
|
| 991 |
|
if (objc != 3) { |
| 992 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "type index"); |
| 993 |
|
goto error; |
| 994 |
|
} |
| 995 |
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) |
| 996 |
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
| 997 |
|
goto error; |
| 998 |
|
} |
| 999 |
|
if (index < 0) { |
| 1000 |
|
goto done; |
| 1001 |
|
} |
| 1002 |
|
if (menuPtr->entries[index]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) { |
| 1003 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "tearoff", TCL_STATIC); |
| 1004 |
|
} else { |
| 1005 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, |
| 1006 |
|
menuEntryTypeStrings[menuPtr->entries[index]->type], |
| 1007 |
|
TCL_STATIC); |
| 1008 |
|
} |
| 1009 |
|
break; |
| 1010 |
|
} |
| 1011 |
|
case MENU_UNPOST: |
| 1012 |
|
if (objc != 2) { |
| 1013 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "unpost"); |
| 1014 |
|
goto error; |
| 1015 |
|
} |
| 1016 |
|
Tk_UnmapWindow(menuPtr->tkwin); |
| 1017 |
|
result = TkPostSubmenu(interp, menuPtr, (TkMenuEntry *) NULL); |
| 1018 |
|
break; |
| 1019 |
|
case MENU_YPOSITION: |
| 1020 |
|
if (objc != 3) { |
| 1021 |
|
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "yposition index"); |
| 1022 |
|
goto error; |
| 1023 |
|
} |
| 1024 |
|
result = MenuDoYPosition(interp, menuPtr, objv[2]); |
| 1025 |
|
break; |
| 1026 |
|
} |
| 1027 |
|
done: |
| 1028 |
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr); |
| 1029 |
|
return result; |
| 1030 |
|
|
| 1031 |
|
error: |
| 1032 |
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr); |
| 1033 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1034 |
|
} |
| 1035 |
|
|
| 1036 |
|
/* |
| 1037 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1038 |
|
* |
| 1039 |
|
* TkInvokeMenu -- |
| 1040 |
|
* |
| 1041 |
|
* Given a menu and an index, takes the appropriate action for the |
| 1042 |
|
* entry associated with that index. |
| 1043 |
|
* |
| 1044 |
|
* Results: |
| 1045 |
|
* Standard Tcl result. |
| 1046 |
|
* |
| 1047 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1048 |
|
* Commands may get excecuted; variables may get set; sub-menus may |
| 1049 |
|
* get posted. |
| 1050 |
|
* |
| 1051 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1052 |
|
*/ |
| 1053 |
|
|
| 1054 |
|
int |
| 1055 |
|
TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, index) |
| 1056 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interp that the menu lives in. */ |
| 1057 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The menu we are invoking. */ |
| 1058 |
|
int index; /* The zero based index of the item we |
| 1059 |
|
* are invoking */ |
| 1060 |
|
{ |
| 1061 |
|
int result = TCL_OK; |
| 1062 |
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
| 1063 |
|
|
| 1064 |
|
if (index < 0) { |
| 1065 |
|
goto done; |
| 1066 |
|
} |
| 1067 |
|
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index]; |
| 1068 |
|
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) { |
| 1069 |
|
goto done; |
| 1070 |
|
} |
| 1071 |
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr); |
| 1072 |
|
if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) { |
| 1073 |
|
Tcl_DString ds; |
| 1074 |
|
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); |
| 1075 |
|
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "tkTearOffMenu ", -1); |
| 1076 |
|
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1); |
| 1077 |
|
result = Tcl_Eval(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)); |
| 1078 |
|
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); |
| 1079 |
|
} else if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) |
| 1080 |
|
&& (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) { |
| 1081 |
|
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr; |
| 1082 |
|
|
| 1083 |
|
if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED) { |
| 1084 |
|
valuePtr = mePtr->offValuePtr; |
| 1085 |
|
} else { |
| 1086 |
|
valuePtr = mePtr->onValuePtr; |
| 1087 |
|
} |
| 1088 |
|
if (valuePtr == NULL) { |
| 1089 |
|
valuePtr = Tcl_NewObj(); |
| 1090 |
|
} |
| 1091 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(valuePtr); |
| 1092 |
|
if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, mePtr->namePtr, NULL, valuePtr, |
| 1093 |
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) == NULL) { |
| 1094 |
|
result = TCL_ERROR; |
| 1095 |
|
} |
| 1096 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(valuePtr); |
| 1097 |
|
} else if ((mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY) |
| 1098 |
|
&& (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) { |
| 1099 |
|
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr = mePtr->onValuePtr; |
| 1100 |
|
|
| 1101 |
|
if (valuePtr == NULL) { |
| 1102 |
|
valuePtr = Tcl_NewObj(); |
| 1103 |
|
} |
| 1104 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(valuePtr); |
| 1105 |
|
if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, mePtr->namePtr, NULL, valuePtr, |
| 1106 |
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) == NULL) { |
| 1107 |
|
result = TCL_ERROR; |
| 1108 |
|
} |
| 1109 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(valuePtr); |
| 1110 |
|
} |
| 1111 |
|
if ((result == TCL_OK) && (mePtr->commandPtr != NULL)) { |
| 1112 |
|
Tcl_Obj *commandPtr = mePtr->commandPtr; |
| 1113 |
|
|
| 1114 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(commandPtr); |
| 1115 |
|
result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, commandPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); |
| 1116 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(commandPtr); |
| 1117 |
|
} |
| 1118 |
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr); |
| 1119 |
|
done: |
| 1120 |
|
return result; |
| 1121 |
|
} |
| 1122 |
|
|
| 1123 |
|
/* |
| 1124 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1125 |
|
* |
| 1126 |
|
* DestroyMenuInstance -- |
| 1127 |
|
* |
| 1128 |
|
* This procedure is invoked by TkDestroyMenu |
| 1129 |
|
* to clean up the internal structure of a menu at a safe time |
| 1130 |
|
* (when no-one is using it anymore). Only takes care of one instance |
| 1131 |
|
* of the menu. |
| 1132 |
|
* |
| 1133 |
|
* Results: |
| 1134 |
|
* None. |
| 1135 |
|
* |
| 1136 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1137 |
|
* Everything associated with the menu is freed up. |
| 1138 |
|
* |
| 1139 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1140 |
|
*/ |
| 1141 |
|
|
| 1142 |
|
static void |
| 1143 |
|
DestroyMenuInstance(menuPtr) |
| 1144 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Info about menu widget. */ |
| 1145 |
|
{ |
| 1146 |
|
int i; |
| 1147 |
|
TkMenu *menuInstancePtr; |
| 1148 |
|
TkMenuEntry *cascadePtr, *nextCascadePtr; |
| 1149 |
|
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[2]; |
| 1150 |
|
TkMenu *parentMasterMenuPtr; |
| 1151 |
|
TkMenuEntry *parentMasterEntryPtr; |
| 1152 |
|
|
| 1153 |
|
/* |
| 1154 |
|
* If the menu has any cascade menu entries pointing to it, the cascade |
| 1155 |
|
* entries need to be told that the menu is going away. We need to clear |
| 1156 |
|
* the menu ptr field in the menu reference at this point in the code |
| 1157 |
|
* so that everything else can forget about this menu properly. We also |
| 1158 |
|
* need to reset -menu field of all entries that are not master menus |
| 1159 |
|
* back to this entry name if this is a master menu pointed to by another |
| 1160 |
|
* master menu. If there is a clone menu that points to this menu, |
| 1161 |
|
* then this menu is itself a clone, so when this menu goes away, |
| 1162 |
|
* the -menu field of the pointing entry must be set back to this |
| 1163 |
|
* menu's master menu name so that later if another menu is created |
| 1164 |
|
* the cascade hierarchy can be maintained. |
| 1165 |
|
*/ |
| 1166 |
|
|
| 1167 |
|
TkpDestroyMenu(menuPtr); |
| 1168 |
|
cascadePtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; |
| 1169 |
|
menuPtr->menuRefPtr->menuPtr = NULL; |
| 1170 |
|
TkFreeMenuReferences(menuPtr->menuRefPtr); |
| 1171 |
|
|
| 1172 |
|
for (; cascadePtr != NULL; cascadePtr = nextCascadePtr) { |
| 1173 |
|
nextCascadePtr = cascadePtr->nextCascadePtr; |
| 1174 |
|
|
| 1175 |
|
if (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) { |
| 1176 |
|
Tcl_Obj *menuNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1); |
| 1177 |
|
|
| 1178 |
|
parentMasterMenuPtr = cascadePtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
| 1179 |
|
parentMasterEntryPtr = |
| 1180 |
|
parentMasterMenuPtr->entries[cascadePtr->index]; |
| 1181 |
|
newObjv[0] = menuNamePtr; |
| 1182 |
|
newObjv[1] = parentMasterEntryPtr->namePtr; |
| 1183 |
|
/* |
| 1184 |
|
* It is possible that the menu info is out of sync, and |
| 1185 |
|
* these things point to NULL, so verify existence [Bug: 3402] |
| 1186 |
|
*/ |
| 1187 |
|
if (newObjv[0] && newObjv[1]) { |
| 1188 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
| 1189 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[1]); |
| 1190 |
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(cascadePtr, 2, newObjv); |
| 1191 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
| 1192 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]); |
| 1193 |
|
} |
| 1194 |
|
} else { |
| 1195 |
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(cascadePtr, 0, (Tcl_Obj **) NULL); |
| 1196 |
|
} |
| 1197 |
|
} |
| 1198 |
|
|
| 1199 |
|
if (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) { |
| 1200 |
|
for (menuInstancePtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
| 1201 |
|
menuInstancePtr != NULL; |
| 1202 |
|
menuInstancePtr = menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
| 1203 |
|
if (menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr == menuPtr) { |
| 1204 |
|
menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr = |
| 1205 |
|
menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr; |
| 1206 |
|
break; |
| 1207 |
|
} |
| 1208 |
|
} |
| 1209 |
|
} else if (menuPtr->nextInstancePtr != NULL) { |
| 1210 |
|
panic("Attempting to delete master menu when there are still clones."); |
| 1211 |
|
} |
| 1212 |
|
|
| 1213 |
|
/* |
| 1214 |
|
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then |
| 1215 |
|
* let Tk_FreeConfigOptions handle all the standard option-related |
| 1216 |
|
* stuff. |
| 1217 |
|
*/ |
| 1218 |
|
|
| 1219 |
|
for (i = menuPtr->numEntries; --i >= 0; ) { |
| 1220 |
|
/* |
| 1221 |
|
* As each menu entry is deleted from the end of the array of |
| 1222 |
|
* entries, decrement menuPtr->numEntries. Otherwise, the act of |
| 1223 |
|
* deleting menu entry i will dereference freed memory attempting |
| 1224 |
|
* to queue a redraw for menu entries (i+1)...numEntries. |
| 1225 |
|
*/ |
| 1226 |
|
|
| 1227 |
|
DestroyMenuEntry((char *) menuPtr->entries[i]); |
| 1228 |
|
menuPtr->numEntries = i; |
| 1229 |
|
} |
| 1230 |
|
if (menuPtr->entries != NULL) { |
| 1231 |
|
ckfree((char *) menuPtr->entries); |
| 1232 |
|
} |
| 1233 |
|
TkMenuFreeDrawOptions(menuPtr); |
| 1234 |
|
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) menuPtr, |
| 1235 |
|
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin); |
| 1236 |
|
} |
| 1237 |
|
|
| 1238 |
|
/* |
| 1239 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1240 |
|
* |
| 1241 |
|
* TkDestroyMenu -- |
| 1242 |
|
* |
| 1243 |
|
* This procedure is invoked by Tcl_EventuallyFree or Tcl_Release |
| 1244 |
|
* to clean up the internal structure of a menu at a safe time |
| 1245 |
|
* (when no-one is using it anymore). If called on a master instance, |
| 1246 |
|
* destroys all of the slave instances. If called on a non-master |
| 1247 |
|
* instance, just destroys that instance. |
| 1248 |
|
* |
| 1249 |
|
* Results: |
| 1250 |
|
* None. |
| 1251 |
|
* |
| 1252 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1253 |
|
* Everything associated with the menu is freed up. |
| 1254 |
|
* |
| 1255 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1256 |
|
*/ |
| 1257 |
|
|
| 1258 |
|
void |
| 1259 |
|
TkDestroyMenu(menuPtr) |
| 1260 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Info about menu widget. */ |
| 1261 |
|
{ |
| 1262 |
|
TkMenu *menuInstancePtr; |
| 1263 |
|
TkMenuTopLevelList *topLevelListPtr, *nextTopLevelPtr; |
| 1264 |
|
|
| 1265 |
|
if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_DELETION_PENDING) { |
| 1266 |
|
return; |
| 1267 |
|
} |
| 1268 |
|
|
| 1269 |
|
/* |
| 1270 |
|
* Now destroy all non-tearoff instances of this menu if this is a |
| 1271 |
|
* parent menu. Is this loop safe enough? Are there going to be |
| 1272 |
|
* destroy bindings on child menus which kill the parent? If not, |
| 1273 |
|
* we have to do a slightly more complex scheme. |
| 1274 |
|
*/ |
| 1275 |
|
|
| 1276 |
|
if (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr == menuPtr) { |
| 1277 |
|
menuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_DELETION_PENDING; |
| 1278 |
|
while (menuPtr->nextInstancePtr != NULL) { |
| 1279 |
|
menuInstancePtr = menuPtr->nextInstancePtr; |
| 1280 |
|
menuPtr->nextInstancePtr = menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr; |
| 1281 |
|
if (menuInstancePtr->tkwin != NULL) { |
| 1282 |
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(menuInstancePtr->tkwin); |
| 1283 |
|
} |
| 1284 |
|
} |
| 1285 |
|
menuPtr->menuFlags &= ~MENU_DELETION_PENDING; |
| 1286 |
|
} |
| 1287 |
|
|
| 1288 |
|
/* |
| 1289 |
|
* If any toplevel widgets have this menu as their menubar, |
| 1290 |
|
* the geometry of the window may have to be recalculated. |
| 1291 |
|
*/ |
| 1292 |
|
|
| 1293 |
|
topLevelListPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr; |
| 1294 |
|
while (topLevelListPtr != NULL) { |
| 1295 |
|
nextTopLevelPtr = topLevelListPtr->nextPtr; |
| 1296 |
|
TkpSetWindowMenuBar(topLevelListPtr->tkwin, NULL); |
| 1297 |
|
topLevelListPtr = nextTopLevelPtr; |
| 1298 |
|
} |
| 1299 |
|
DestroyMenuInstance(menuPtr); |
| 1300 |
|
} |
| 1301 |
|
|
| 1302 |
|
/* |
| 1303 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1304 |
|
* |
| 1305 |
|
* UnhookCascadeEntry -- |
| 1306 |
|
* |
| 1307 |
|
* This entry is removed from the list of entries that point to the |
| 1308 |
|
* cascade menu. This is done in preparation for changing the menu |
| 1309 |
|
* that this entry points to. |
| 1310 |
|
* |
| 1311 |
|
* Results: |
| 1312 |
|
* None |
| 1313 |
|
* |
| 1314 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1315 |
|
* The appropriate lists are modified. |
| 1316 |
|
* |
| 1317 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1318 |
|
*/ |
| 1319 |
|
|
| 1320 |
|
static void |
| 1321 |
|
UnhookCascadeEntry(mePtr) |
| 1322 |
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* The cascade entry we are removing |
| 1323 |
|
* from the cascade list. */ |
| 1324 |
|
{ |
| 1325 |
|
TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr; |
| 1326 |
|
TkMenuEntry *prevCascadePtr; |
| 1327 |
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; |
| 1328 |
|
|
| 1329 |
|
menuRefPtr = mePtr->childMenuRefPtr; |
| 1330 |
|
if (menuRefPtr == NULL) { |
| 1331 |
|
return; |
| 1332 |
|
} |
| 1333 |
|
|
| 1334 |
|
cascadeEntryPtr = menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; |
| 1335 |
|
if (cascadeEntryPtr == NULL) { |
| 1336 |
|
return; |
| 1337 |
|
} |
| 1338 |
|
|
| 1339 |
|
/* |
| 1340 |
|
* Singularly linked list deletion. The two special cases are |
| 1341 |
|
* 1. one element; 2. The first element is the one we want. |
| 1342 |
|
*/ |
| 1343 |
|
|
| 1344 |
|
if (cascadeEntryPtr == mePtr) { |
| 1345 |
|
if (cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr == NULL) { |
| 1346 |
|
|
| 1347 |
|
/* |
| 1348 |
|
* This is the last menu entry which points to this |
| 1349 |
|
* menu, so we need to clear out the list pointer in the |
| 1350 |
|
* cascade itself. |
| 1351 |
|
*/ |
| 1352 |
|
|
| 1353 |
|
menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr = NULL; |
| 1354 |
|
TkFreeMenuReferences(menuRefPtr); |
| 1355 |
|
} else { |
| 1356 |
|
menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr; |
| 1357 |
|
} |
| 1358 |
|
mePtr->nextCascadePtr = NULL; |
| 1359 |
|
} else { |
| 1360 |
|
for (prevCascadePtr = cascadeEntryPtr, |
| 1361 |
|
cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr; |
| 1362 |
|
cascadeEntryPtr != NULL; |
| 1363 |
|
prevCascadePtr = cascadeEntryPtr, |
| 1364 |
|
cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) { |
| 1365 |
|
if (cascadeEntryPtr == mePtr){ |
| 1366 |
|
prevCascadePtr->nextCascadePtr = |
| 1367 |
|
cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr; |
| 1368 |
|
cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr = NULL; |
| 1369 |
|
break; |
| 1370 |
|
} |
| 1371 |
|
} |
| 1372 |
|
} |
| 1373 |
|
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr = NULL; |
| 1374 |
|
} |
| 1375 |
|
|
| 1376 |
|
/* |
| 1377 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1378 |
|
* |
| 1379 |
|
* DestroyMenuEntry -- |
| 1380 |
|
* |
| 1381 |
|
* This procedure is invoked by Tcl_EventuallyFree or Tcl_Release |
| 1382 |
|
* to clean up the internal structure of a menu entry at a safe time |
| 1383 |
|
* (when no-one is using it anymore). |
| 1384 |
|
* |
| 1385 |
|
* Results: |
| 1386 |
|
* None. |
| 1387 |
|
* |
| 1388 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1389 |
|
* Everything associated with the menu entry is freed. |
| 1390 |
|
* |
| 1391 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1392 |
|
*/ |
| 1393 |
|
|
| 1394 |
|
static void |
| 1395 |
|
DestroyMenuEntry(memPtr) |
| 1396 |
|
char *memPtr; /* Pointer to entry to be freed. */ |
| 1397 |
|
{ |
| 1398 |
|
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) memPtr; |
| 1399 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; |
| 1400 |
|
|
| 1401 |
|
if (menuPtr->postedCascade == mePtr) { |
| 1402 |
|
|
| 1403 |
|
/* |
| 1404 |
|
* Ignore errors while unposting the menu, since it's possible |
| 1405 |
|
* that the menu has already been deleted and the unpost will |
| 1406 |
|
* generate an error. |
| 1407 |
|
*/ |
| 1408 |
|
|
| 1409 |
|
TkPostSubmenu(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr, (TkMenuEntry *) NULL); |
| 1410 |
|
} |
| 1411 |
|
|
| 1412 |
|
/* |
| 1413 |
|
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then |
| 1414 |
|
* let Tk_FreeConfigOptions handle all the standard option-related |
| 1415 |
|
* stuff. |
| 1416 |
|
*/ |
| 1417 |
|
|
| 1418 |
|
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) { |
| 1419 |
|
UnhookCascadeEntry(mePtr); |
| 1420 |
|
} |
| 1421 |
|
if (mePtr->image != NULL) { |
| 1422 |
|
Tk_FreeImage(mePtr->image); |
| 1423 |
|
} |
| 1424 |
|
if (mePtr->selectImage != NULL) { |
| 1425 |
|
Tk_FreeImage(mePtr->selectImage); |
| 1426 |
|
} |
| 1427 |
|
if (((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) |
| 1428 |
|
|| (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) |
| 1429 |
|
&& (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) { |
| 1430 |
|
char *varName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->namePtr, NULL); |
| 1431 |
|
Tcl_UntraceVar(menuPtr->interp, varName, |
| 1432 |
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
| 1433 |
|
MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr); |
| 1434 |
|
} |
| 1435 |
|
TkpDestroyMenuEntry(mePtr); |
| 1436 |
|
TkMenuEntryFreeDrawOptions(mePtr); |
| 1437 |
|
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mePtr, mePtr->optionTable, menuPtr->tkwin); |
| 1438 |
|
ckfree((char *) mePtr); |
| 1439 |
|
} |
| 1440 |
|
|
| 1441 |
|
/* |
| 1442 |
|
*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1443 |
|
* |
| 1444 |
|
* MenuWorldChanged -- |
| 1445 |
|
* |
| 1446 |
|
* This procedure is called when the world has changed in some |
| 1447 |
|
* way (such as the fonts in the system changing) and the widget needs |
| 1448 |
|
* to recompute all its graphics contexts and determine its new geometry. |
| 1449 |
|
* |
| 1450 |
|
* Results: |
| 1451 |
|
* None. |
| 1452 |
|
* |
| 1453 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1454 |
|
* Menu will be relayed out and redisplayed. |
| 1455 |
|
* |
| 1456 |
|
*--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1457 |
|
*/ |
| 1458 |
|
|
| 1459 |
|
static void |
| 1460 |
|
MenuWorldChanged(instanceData) |
| 1461 |
|
ClientData instanceData; /* Information about widget. */ |
| 1462 |
|
{ |
| 1463 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) instanceData; |
| 1464 |
|
int i; |
| 1465 |
|
|
| 1466 |
|
TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(menuPtr); |
| 1467 |
|
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
| 1468 |
|
TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(menuPtr->entries[i], |
| 1469 |
|
menuPtr->entries[i]->index); |
| 1470 |
|
TkpConfigureMenuEntry(menuPtr->entries[i]); |
| 1471 |
|
} |
| 1472 |
|
} |
| 1473 |
|
|
| 1474 |
|
/* |
| 1475 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1476 |
|
* |
| 1477 |
|
* ConfigureMenu -- |
| 1478 |
|
* |
| 1479 |
|
* This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list, plus |
| 1480 |
|
* the Tk option database, in order to configure (or |
| 1481 |
|
* reconfigure) a menu widget. |
| 1482 |
|
* |
| 1483 |
|
* Results: |
| 1484 |
|
* The return value is a standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is |
| 1485 |
|
* returned, then the interp's result contains an error message. |
| 1486 |
|
* |
| 1487 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1488 |
|
* Configuration information, such as colors, font, etc. get set |
| 1489 |
|
* for menuPtr; old resources get freed, if there were any. |
| 1490 |
|
* |
| 1491 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1492 |
|
*/ |
| 1493 |
|
|
| 1494 |
|
static int |
| 1495 |
|
ConfigureMenu(interp, menuPtr, objc, objv) |
| 1496 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */ |
| 1497 |
|
register TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Information about widget; may or may |
| 1498 |
|
* not already have values for some fields. */ |
| 1499 |
|
int objc; /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ |
| 1500 |
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments. */ |
| 1501 |
|
{ |
| 1502 |
|
int i; |
| 1503 |
|
TkMenu *menuListPtr, *cleanupPtr; |
| 1504 |
|
int result; |
| 1505 |
|
|
| 1506 |
|
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL; |
| 1507 |
|
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
| 1508 |
|
menuListPtr->errorStructPtr = (Tk_SavedOptions *) |
| 1509 |
|
ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_SavedOptions)); |
| 1510 |
|
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) menuListPtr, |
| 1511 |
|
menuListPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, objc, objv, |
| 1512 |
|
menuListPtr->tkwin, menuListPtr->errorStructPtr, (int *) NULL); |
| 1513 |
|
if (result != TCL_OK) { |
| 1514 |
|
for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
| 1515 |
|
cleanupPtr != menuListPtr; |
| 1516 |
|
cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
| 1517 |
|
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
| 1518 |
|
ckfree((char *) cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
| 1519 |
|
cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL; |
| 1520 |
|
} |
| 1521 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1522 |
|
} |
| 1523 |
|
|
| 1524 |
|
/* |
| 1525 |
|
* When a menu is created, the type is in all of the arguments |
| 1526 |
|
* to the menu command. Let Tk_ConfigureWidget take care of |
| 1527 |
|
* parsing them, and then set the type after we can look at |
| 1528 |
|
* the type string. Once set, a menu's type cannot be changed |
| 1529 |
|
*/ |
| 1530 |
|
|
| 1531 |
|
if (menuListPtr->menuType == UNKNOWN_TYPE) { |
| 1532 |
|
Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, menuListPtr->menuTypePtr, |
| 1533 |
|
menuTypeStrings, NULL, 0, &menuListPtr->menuType); |
| 1534 |
|
|
| 1535 |
|
/* |
| 1536 |
|
* Configure the new window to be either a pop-up menu |
| 1537 |
|
* or a tear-off menu. |
| 1538 |
|
* We don't do this for menubars since they are not toplevel |
| 1539 |
|
* windows. Also, since this gets called before CloneMenu has |
| 1540 |
|
* a chance to set the menuType field, we have to look at the |
| 1541 |
|
* menuTypeName field to tell that this is a menu bar. |
| 1542 |
|
*/ |
| 1543 |
|
|
| 1544 |
|
if (menuListPtr->menuType == MASTER_MENU) { |
| 1545 |
|
TkpMakeMenuWindow(menuListPtr->tkwin, 1); |
| 1546 |
|
} else if (menuListPtr->menuType == TEAROFF_MENU) { |
| 1547 |
|
TkpMakeMenuWindow(menuListPtr->tkwin, 0); |
| 1548 |
|
} |
| 1549 |
|
} |
| 1550 |
|
|
| 1551 |
|
|
| 1552 |
|
/* |
| 1553 |
|
* Depending on the -tearOff option, make sure that there is or |
| 1554 |
|
* isn't an initial tear-off entry at the beginning of the menu. |
| 1555 |
|
*/ |
| 1556 |
|
|
| 1557 |
|
if (menuListPtr->tearoff) { |
| 1558 |
|
if ((menuListPtr->numEntries == 0) |
| 1559 |
|
|| (menuListPtr->entries[0]->type != TEAROFF_ENTRY)) { |
| 1560 |
|
if (MenuNewEntry(menuListPtr, 0, TEAROFF_ENTRY) == NULL) { |
| 1561 |
|
if (menuListPtr->errorStructPtr != NULL) { |
| 1562 |
|
for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
| 1563 |
|
cleanupPtr != menuListPtr; |
| 1564 |
|
cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
| 1565 |
|
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
| 1566 |
|
ckfree((char *) cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
| 1567 |
|
cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL; |
| 1568 |
|
} |
| 1569 |
|
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
| 1570 |
|
ckfree((char *) cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
| 1571 |
|
cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL; |
| 1572 |
|
} |
| 1573 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1574 |
|
} |
| 1575 |
|
} |
| 1576 |
|
} else if ((menuListPtr->numEntries > 0) |
| 1577 |
|
&& (menuListPtr->entries[0]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY)) { |
| 1578 |
|
int i; |
| 1579 |
|
|
| 1580 |
|
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) menuListPtr->entries[0], |
| 1581 |
|
DestroyMenuEntry); |
| 1582 |
|
|
| 1583 |
|
for (i = 0; i < menuListPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) { |
| 1584 |
|
menuListPtr->entries[i] = menuListPtr->entries[i + 1]; |
| 1585 |
|
menuListPtr->entries[i]->index = i; |
| 1586 |
|
} |
| 1587 |
|
menuListPtr->numEntries--; |
| 1588 |
|
if (menuListPtr->numEntries == 0) { |
| 1589 |
|
ckfree((char *) menuListPtr->entries); |
| 1590 |
|
menuListPtr->entries = NULL; |
| 1591 |
|
} |
| 1592 |
|
} |
| 1593 |
|
|
| 1594 |
|
TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(menuListPtr); |
| 1595 |
|
|
| 1596 |
|
/* |
| 1597 |
|
* After reconfiguring a menu, we need to reconfigure all of the |
| 1598 |
|
* entries in the menu, since some of the things in the children |
| 1599 |
|
* (such as graphics contexts) may have to change to reflect changes |
| 1600 |
|
* in the parent. |
| 1601 |
|
*/ |
| 1602 |
|
|
| 1603 |
|
for (i = 0; i < menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
| 1604 |
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
| 1605 |
|
|
| 1606 |
|
mePtr = menuListPtr->entries[i]; |
| 1607 |
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, 0, (Tcl_Obj **) NULL); |
| 1608 |
|
} |
| 1609 |
|
|
| 1610 |
|
TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuListPtr); |
| 1611 |
|
} |
| 1612 |
|
|
| 1613 |
|
for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; cleanupPtr != NULL; |
| 1614 |
|
cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
| 1615 |
|
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
| 1616 |
|
ckfree((char *) cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr); |
| 1617 |
|
cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL; |
| 1618 |
|
} |
| 1619 |
|
|
| 1620 |
|
return TCL_OK; |
| 1621 |
|
} |
| 1622 |
|
|
| 1623 |
|
|
| 1624 |
|
/* |
| 1625 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1626 |
|
* |
| 1627 |
|
* PostProcessEntry -- |
| 1628 |
|
* |
| 1629 |
|
* This is called by ConfigureMenuEntry to do all of the configuration |
| 1630 |
|
* after Tk_SetOptions is called. This is separate |
| 1631 |
|
* so that error handling is easier. |
| 1632 |
|
* |
| 1633 |
|
* Results: |
| 1634 |
|
* The return value is a standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is |
| 1635 |
|
* returned, then the interp's result contains an error message. |
| 1636 |
|
* |
| 1637 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1638 |
|
* Configuration information such as label and accelerator get |
| 1639 |
|
* set for mePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any. |
| 1640 |
|
* |
| 1641 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1642 |
|
*/ |
| 1643 |
|
|
| 1644 |
|
static int |
| 1645 |
|
PostProcessEntry(mePtr) |
| 1646 |
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* The entry we are configuring. */ |
| 1647 |
|
{ |
| 1648 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; |
| 1649 |
|
int index = mePtr->index; |
| 1650 |
|
char *name; |
| 1651 |
|
Tk_Image image; |
| 1652 |
|
|
| 1653 |
|
/* |
| 1654 |
|
* The code below handles special configuration stuff not taken |
| 1655 |
|
* care of by Tk_ConfigureWidget, such as special processing for |
| 1656 |
|
* defaults, sizing strings, graphics contexts, etc. |
| 1657 |
|
*/ |
| 1658 |
|
|
| 1659 |
|
if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) { |
| 1660 |
|
mePtr->labelLength = 0; |
| 1661 |
|
} else { |
| 1662 |
|
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &mePtr->labelLength); |
| 1663 |
|
} |
| 1664 |
|
if (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL) { |
| 1665 |
|
mePtr->accelLength = 0; |
| 1666 |
|
} else { |
| 1667 |
|
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, &mePtr->accelLength); |
| 1668 |
|
} |
| 1669 |
|
|
| 1670 |
|
/* |
| 1671 |
|
* If this is a cascade entry, the platform-specific data of the child |
| 1672 |
|
* menu has to be updated. Also, the links that point to parents and |
| 1673 |
|
* cascades have to be updated. |
| 1674 |
|
*/ |
| 1675 |
|
|
| 1676 |
|
if ((mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) { |
| 1677 |
|
TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr; |
| 1678 |
|
int alreadyThere; |
| 1679 |
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; |
| 1680 |
|
char *oldHashKey = NULL; /* Initialization only needed to |
| 1681 |
|
* prevent compiler warning. */ |
| 1682 |
|
|
| 1683 |
|
/* |
| 1684 |
|
* This is a cascade entry. If the menu that the cascade entry |
| 1685 |
|
* is pointing to has changed, we need to remove this entry |
| 1686 |
|
* from the list of entries pointing to the old menu, and add a |
| 1687 |
|
* cascade reference to the list of entries pointing to the |
| 1688 |
|
* new menu. |
| 1689 |
|
* |
| 1690 |
|
* BUG: We are not recloning for special case #3 yet. |
| 1691 |
|
*/ |
| 1692 |
|
|
| 1693 |
|
name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->namePtr, NULL); |
| 1694 |
|
if (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL) { |
| 1695 |
|
oldHashKey = Tcl_GetHashKey(TkGetMenuHashTable(menuPtr->interp), |
| 1696 |
|
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr); |
| 1697 |
|
if (strcmp(oldHashKey, name) != 0) { |
| 1698 |
|
UnhookCascadeEntry(mePtr); |
| 1699 |
|
} |
| 1700 |
|
} |
| 1701 |
|
|
| 1702 |
|
if ((mePtr->childMenuRefPtr == NULL) |
| 1703 |
|
|| (strcmp(oldHashKey, name) != 0)) { |
| 1704 |
|
menuRefPtr = TkCreateMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp, name); |
| 1705 |
|
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr = menuRefPtr; |
| 1706 |
|
|
| 1707 |
|
if (menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr == NULL) { |
| 1708 |
|
menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr = mePtr; |
| 1709 |
|
} else { |
| 1710 |
|
alreadyThere = 0; |
| 1711 |
|
for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; |
| 1712 |
|
cascadeEntryPtr != NULL; |
| 1713 |
|
cascadeEntryPtr = |
| 1714 |
|
cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) { |
| 1715 |
|
if (cascadeEntryPtr == mePtr) { |
| 1716 |
|
alreadyThere = 1; |
| 1717 |
|
break; |
| 1718 |
|
} |
| 1719 |
|
} |
| 1720 |
|
|
| 1721 |
|
/* |
| 1722 |
|
* Put the item at the front of the list. |
| 1723 |
|
*/ |
| 1724 |
|
|
| 1725 |
|
if (!alreadyThere) { |
| 1726 |
|
mePtr->nextCascadePtr = menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; |
| 1727 |
|
menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr = mePtr; |
| 1728 |
|
} |
| 1729 |
|
} |
| 1730 |
|
} |
| 1731 |
|
} |
| 1732 |
|
|
| 1733 |
|
if (TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(mePtr, index) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1734 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1735 |
|
} |
| 1736 |
|
|
| 1737 |
|
if (TkpConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1738 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1739 |
|
} |
| 1740 |
|
|
| 1741 |
|
/* |
| 1742 |
|
* Get the images for the entry, if there are any. Allocate the |
| 1743 |
|
* new images before freeing the old ones, so that the reference |
| 1744 |
|
* counts don't go to zero and cause image data to be discarded. |
| 1745 |
|
*/ |
| 1746 |
|
|
| 1747 |
|
if (mePtr->imagePtr != NULL) { |
| 1748 |
|
char *imageString = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->imagePtr, NULL); |
| 1749 |
|
image = Tk_GetImage(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, imageString, |
| 1750 |
|
TkMenuImageProc, (ClientData) mePtr); |
| 1751 |
|
if (image == NULL) { |
| 1752 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1753 |
|
} |
| 1754 |
|
} else { |
| 1755 |
|
image = NULL; |
| 1756 |
|
} |
| 1757 |
|
if (mePtr->image != NULL) { |
| 1758 |
|
Tk_FreeImage(mePtr->image); |
| 1759 |
|
} |
| 1760 |
|
mePtr->image = image; |
| 1761 |
|
if (mePtr->selectImagePtr != NULL) { |
| 1762 |
|
char *selectImageString = Tcl_GetStringFromObj( |
| 1763 |
|
mePtr->selectImagePtr, NULL); |
| 1764 |
|
image = Tk_GetImage(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, selectImageString, |
| 1765 |
|
TkMenuSelectImageProc, (ClientData) mePtr); |
| 1766 |
|
if (image == NULL) { |
| 1767 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1768 |
|
} |
| 1769 |
|
} else { |
| 1770 |
|
image = NULL; |
| 1771 |
|
} |
| 1772 |
|
if (mePtr->selectImage != NULL) { |
| 1773 |
|
Tk_FreeImage(mePtr->selectImage); |
| 1774 |
|
} |
| 1775 |
|
mePtr->selectImage = image; |
| 1776 |
|
|
| 1777 |
|
if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) |
| 1778 |
|
|| (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) { |
| 1779 |
|
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr; |
| 1780 |
|
char *name; |
| 1781 |
|
|
| 1782 |
|
if (mePtr->namePtr == NULL) { |
| 1783 |
|
if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) { |
| 1784 |
|
mePtr->namePtr = NULL; |
| 1785 |
|
} else { |
| 1786 |
|
mePtr->namePtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(mePtr->labelPtr); |
| 1787 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(mePtr->namePtr); |
| 1788 |
|
} |
| 1789 |
|
} |
| 1790 |
|
if (mePtr->onValuePtr == NULL) { |
| 1791 |
|
if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) { |
| 1792 |
|
mePtr->onValuePtr = NULL; |
| 1793 |
|
} else { |
| 1794 |
|
mePtr->onValuePtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(mePtr->labelPtr); |
| 1795 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(mePtr->onValuePtr); |
| 1796 |
|
} |
| 1797 |
|
} |
| 1798 |
|
|
| 1799 |
|
/* |
| 1800 |
|
* Select the entry if the associated variable has the |
| 1801 |
|
* appropriate value, initialize the variable if it doesn't |
| 1802 |
|
* exist, then set a trace on the variable to monitor future |
| 1803 |
|
* changes to its value. |
| 1804 |
|
*/ |
| 1805 |
|
|
| 1806 |
|
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) { |
| 1807 |
|
valuePtr = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(menuPtr->interp, mePtr->namePtr, NULL, |
| 1808 |
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 1809 |
|
} else { |
| 1810 |
|
valuePtr = NULL; |
| 1811 |
|
} |
| 1812 |
|
mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_SELECTED; |
| 1813 |
|
if (valuePtr != NULL) { |
| 1814 |
|
if (mePtr->onValuePtr != NULL) { |
| 1815 |
|
char *value = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, NULL); |
| 1816 |
|
char *onValue = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->onValuePtr, |
| 1817 |
|
NULL); |
| 1818 |
|
|
| 1819 |
|
|
| 1820 |
|
if (strcmp(value, onValue) == 0) { |
| 1821 |
|
mePtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_SELECTED; |
| 1822 |
|
} |
| 1823 |
|
} |
| 1824 |
|
} else { |
| 1825 |
|
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) { |
| 1826 |
|
Tcl_ObjSetVar2(menuPtr->interp, mePtr->namePtr, NULL, |
| 1827 |
|
(mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) |
| 1828 |
|
? mePtr->offValuePtr |
| 1829 |
|
: Tcl_NewObj(), |
| 1830 |
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 1831 |
|
} |
| 1832 |
|
} |
| 1833 |
|
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) { |
| 1834 |
|
name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->namePtr, NULL); |
| 1835 |
|
Tcl_TraceVar(menuPtr->interp, name, |
| 1836 |
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
| 1837 |
|
MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr); |
| 1838 |
|
} |
| 1839 |
|
} |
| 1840 |
|
|
| 1841 |
|
return TCL_OK; |
| 1842 |
|
} |
| 1843 |
|
|
| 1844 |
|
/* |
| 1845 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1846 |
|
* |
| 1847 |
|
* ConfigureMenuEntry -- |
| 1848 |
|
* |
| 1849 |
|
* This procedure is called to process an argv/argc list in order |
| 1850 |
|
* to configure (or reconfigure) one entry in a menu. |
| 1851 |
|
* |
| 1852 |
|
* Results: |
| 1853 |
|
* The return value is a standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is |
| 1854 |
|
* returned, then the interp's result contains an error message. |
| 1855 |
|
* |
| 1856 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1857 |
|
* Configuration information such as label and accelerator get |
| 1858 |
|
* set for mePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any. |
| 1859 |
|
* |
| 1860 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1861 |
|
*/ |
| 1862 |
|
|
| 1863 |
|
static int |
| 1864 |
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, objc, objv) |
| 1865 |
|
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* Information about menu entry; may |
| 1866 |
|
* or may not already have values for |
| 1867 |
|
* some fields. */ |
| 1868 |
|
int objc; /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ |
| 1869 |
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments. */ |
| 1870 |
|
{ |
| 1871 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; |
| 1872 |
|
Tk_SavedOptions errorStruct; |
| 1873 |
|
int result; |
| 1874 |
|
|
| 1875 |
|
/* |
| 1876 |
|
* If this entry is a check button or radio button, then remove |
| 1877 |
|
* its old trace procedure. |
| 1878 |
|
*/ |
| 1879 |
|
|
| 1880 |
|
if ((mePtr->namePtr != NULL) |
| 1881 |
|
&& ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) |
| 1882 |
|
|| (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY))) { |
| 1883 |
|
char *name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->namePtr, NULL); |
| 1884 |
|
Tcl_UntraceVar(menuPtr->interp, name, |
| 1885 |
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
| 1886 |
|
MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr); |
| 1887 |
|
} |
| 1888 |
|
|
| 1889 |
|
result = TCL_OK; |
| 1890 |
|
if (menuPtr->tkwin != NULL) { |
| 1891 |
|
if (Tk_SetOptions(menuPtr->interp, (char *) mePtr, |
| 1892 |
|
mePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, menuPtr->tkwin, |
| 1893 |
|
&errorStruct, (int *) NULL) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1894 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1895 |
|
} |
| 1896 |
|
result = PostProcessEntry(mePtr); |
| 1897 |
|
if (result != TCL_OK) { |
| 1898 |
|
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&errorStruct); |
| 1899 |
|
PostProcessEntry(mePtr); |
| 1900 |
|
} |
| 1901 |
|
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&errorStruct); |
| 1902 |
|
} |
| 1903 |
|
|
| 1904 |
|
TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuPtr); |
| 1905 |
|
|
| 1906 |
|
return result; |
| 1907 |
|
} |
| 1908 |
|
|
| 1909 |
|
/* |
| 1910 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1911 |
|
* |
| 1912 |
|
* ConfigureMenuCloneEntries -- |
| 1913 |
|
* |
| 1914 |
|
* Calls ConfigureMenuEntry for each menu in the clone chain. |
| 1915 |
|
* |
| 1916 |
|
* Results: |
| 1917 |
|
* The return value is a standard Tcl result. If TCL_ERROR is |
| 1918 |
|
* returned, then the interp's result contains an error message. |
| 1919 |
|
* |
| 1920 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 1921 |
|
* Configuration information such as label and accelerator get |
| 1922 |
|
* set for mePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any. |
| 1923 |
|
* |
| 1924 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 1925 |
|
*/ |
| 1926 |
|
|
| 1927 |
|
static int |
| 1928 |
|
ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(interp, menuPtr, index, objc, objv) |
| 1929 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */ |
| 1930 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Information about whole menu. */ |
| 1931 |
|
int index; /* Index of mePtr within menuPtr's |
| 1932 |
|
* entries. */ |
| 1933 |
|
int objc; /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ |
| 1934 |
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments. */ |
| 1935 |
|
{ |
| 1936 |
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
| 1937 |
|
TkMenu *menuListPtr; |
| 1938 |
|
int cascadeEntryChanged = 0; |
| 1939 |
|
TkMenuReferences *oldCascadeMenuRefPtr, *cascadeMenuRefPtr = NULL; |
| 1940 |
|
Tcl_Obj *oldCascadePtr = NULL; |
| 1941 |
|
char *newCascadeName; |
| 1942 |
|
|
| 1943 |
|
/* |
| 1944 |
|
* Cascades are kind of tricky here. This is special case #3 in the comment |
| 1945 |
|
* at the top of this file. Basically, if a menu is the master menu of a |
| 1946 |
|
* clone chain, and has an entry with a cascade menu, the clones of |
| 1947 |
|
* the menu will point to clones of the cascade menu. We have |
| 1948 |
|
* to destroy the clones of the cascades, clone the new cascade |
| 1949 |
|
* menu, and configure the entry to point to the new clone. |
| 1950 |
|
*/ |
| 1951 |
|
|
| 1952 |
|
mePtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->entries[index]; |
| 1953 |
|
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) { |
| 1954 |
|
oldCascadePtr = mePtr->namePtr; |
| 1955 |
|
if (oldCascadePtr != NULL) { |
| 1956 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(oldCascadePtr); |
| 1957 |
|
} |
| 1958 |
|
} |
| 1959 |
|
|
| 1960 |
|
if (ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) { |
| 1961 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 1962 |
|
} |
| 1963 |
|
|
| 1964 |
|
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) { |
| 1965 |
|
char *oldCascadeName; |
| 1966 |
|
|
| 1967 |
|
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) { |
| 1968 |
|
newCascadeName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->namePtr, NULL); |
| 1969 |
|
} else { |
| 1970 |
|
newCascadeName = NULL; |
| 1971 |
|
} |
| 1972 |
|
|
| 1973 |
|
if ((oldCascadePtr == NULL) && (mePtr->namePtr == NULL)) { |
| 1974 |
|
cascadeEntryChanged = 0; |
| 1975 |
|
} else if (((oldCascadePtr == NULL) && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) |
| 1976 |
|
|| ((oldCascadePtr != NULL) |
| 1977 |
|
&& (mePtr->namePtr == NULL))) { |
| 1978 |
|
cascadeEntryChanged = 1; |
| 1979 |
|
} else { |
| 1980 |
|
oldCascadeName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(oldCascadePtr, |
| 1981 |
|
NULL); |
| 1982 |
|
cascadeEntryChanged = (strcmp(oldCascadeName, newCascadeName) |
| 1983 |
|
== 0); |
| 1984 |
|
} |
| 1985 |
|
if (oldCascadePtr != NULL) { |
| 1986 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(oldCascadePtr); |
| 1987 |
|
} |
| 1988 |
|
} |
| 1989 |
|
|
| 1990 |
|
if (cascadeEntryChanged) { |
| 1991 |
|
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) { |
| 1992 |
|
newCascadeName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->namePtr, NULL); |
| 1993 |
|
cascadeMenuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp, |
| 1994 |
|
newCascadeName); |
| 1995 |
|
} |
| 1996 |
|
} |
| 1997 |
|
|
| 1998 |
|
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr; |
| 1999 |
|
menuListPtr != NULL; |
| 2000 |
|
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
| 2001 |
|
|
| 2002 |
|
mePtr = menuListPtr->entries[index]; |
| 2003 |
|
|
| 2004 |
|
if (cascadeEntryChanged && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) { |
| 2005 |
|
oldCascadeMenuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuPtr->interp, |
| 2006 |
|
mePtr->namePtr); |
| 2007 |
|
|
| 2008 |
|
if ((oldCascadeMenuRefPtr != NULL) |
| 2009 |
|
&& (oldCascadeMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) { |
| 2010 |
|
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(oldCascadeMenuRefPtr->menuPtr); |
| 2011 |
|
} |
| 2012 |
|
} |
| 2013 |
|
|
| 2014 |
|
if (ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) { |
| 2015 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2016 |
|
} |
| 2017 |
|
|
| 2018 |
|
if (cascadeEntryChanged && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) { |
| 2019 |
|
if (cascadeMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL) { |
| 2020 |
|
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[2]; |
| 2021 |
|
Tcl_Obj *newCloneNamePtr; |
| 2022 |
|
Tcl_Obj *pathNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj( |
| 2023 |
|
Tk_PathName(menuListPtr->tkwin), -1); |
| 2024 |
|
Tcl_Obj *normalPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("normal", -1); |
| 2025 |
|
Tcl_Obj *menuObjPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1); |
| 2026 |
|
|
| 2027 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(pathNamePtr); |
| 2028 |
|
newCloneNamePtr = TkNewMenuName(menuPtr->interp, |
| 2029 |
|
pathNamePtr, |
| 2030 |
|
cascadeMenuRefPtr->menuPtr); |
| 2031 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newCloneNamePtr); |
| 2032 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(normalPtr); |
| 2033 |
|
CloneMenu(cascadeMenuRefPtr->menuPtr, newCloneNamePtr, |
| 2034 |
|
normalPtr); |
| 2035 |
|
|
| 2036 |
|
newObjv[0] = menuObjPtr; |
| 2037 |
|
newObjv[1] = newCloneNamePtr; |
| 2038 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(menuObjPtr); |
| 2039 |
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, 2, newObjv); |
| 2040 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newCloneNamePtr); |
| 2041 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(pathNamePtr); |
| 2042 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(normalPtr); |
| 2043 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(menuObjPtr); |
| 2044 |
|
} |
| 2045 |
|
} |
| 2046 |
|
} |
| 2047 |
|
return TCL_OK; |
| 2048 |
|
} |
| 2049 |
|
|
| 2050 |
|
/* |
| 2051 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2052 |
|
* |
| 2053 |
|
* TkGetMenuIndex -- |
| 2054 |
|
* |
| 2055 |
|
* Parse a textual index into a menu and return the numerical |
| 2056 |
|
* index of the indicated entry. |
| 2057 |
|
* |
| 2058 |
|
* Results: |
| 2059 |
|
* A standard Tcl result. If all went well, then *indexPtr is |
| 2060 |
|
* filled in with the entry index corresponding to string |
| 2061 |
|
* (ranges from -1 to the number of entries in the menu minus |
| 2062 |
|
* one). Otherwise an error message is left in the interp's result. |
| 2063 |
|
* |
| 2064 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2065 |
|
* None. |
| 2066 |
|
* |
| 2067 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2068 |
|
*/ |
| 2069 |
|
|
| 2070 |
|
int |
| 2071 |
|
TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objPtr, lastOK, indexPtr) |
| 2072 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* For error messages. */ |
| 2073 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Menu for which the index is being |
| 2074 |
|
* specified. */ |
| 2075 |
|
Tcl_Obj *objPtr; /* Specification of an entry in menu. See |
| 2076 |
|
* manual entry for valid .*/ |
| 2077 |
|
int lastOK; /* Non-zero means its OK to return index |
| 2078 |
|
* just *after* last entry. */ |
| 2079 |
|
int *indexPtr; /* Where to store converted index. */ |
| 2080 |
|
{ |
| 2081 |
|
int i; |
| 2082 |
|
char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, NULL); |
| 2083 |
|
|
| 2084 |
|
if ((string[0] == 'a') && (strcmp(string, "active") == 0)) { |
| 2085 |
|
*indexPtr = menuPtr->active; |
| 2086 |
|
goto success; |
| 2087 |
|
} |
| 2088 |
|
|
| 2089 |
|
if (((string[0] == 'l') && (strcmp(string, "last") == 0)) |
| 2090 |
|
|| ((string[0] == 'e') && (strcmp(string, "end") == 0))) { |
| 2091 |
|
*indexPtr = menuPtr->numEntries - ((lastOK) ? 0 : 1); |
| 2092 |
|
goto success; |
| 2093 |
|
} |
| 2094 |
|
|
| 2095 |
|
if ((string[0] == 'n') && (strcmp(string, "none") == 0)) { |
| 2096 |
|
*indexPtr = -1; |
| 2097 |
|
goto success; |
| 2098 |
|
} |
| 2099 |
|
|
| 2100 |
|
if (string[0] == '@') { |
| 2101 |
|
if (GetIndexFromCoords(interp, menuPtr, string, indexPtr) |
| 2102 |
|
== TCL_OK) { |
| 2103 |
|
goto success; |
| 2104 |
|
} |
| 2105 |
|
} |
| 2106 |
|
|
| 2107 |
|
if (isdigit(UCHAR(string[0]))) { |
| 2108 |
|
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, &i) == TCL_OK) { |
| 2109 |
|
if (i >= menuPtr->numEntries) { |
| 2110 |
|
if (lastOK) { |
| 2111 |
|
i = menuPtr->numEntries; |
| 2112 |
|
} else { |
| 2113 |
|
i = menuPtr->numEntries-1; |
| 2114 |
|
} |
| 2115 |
|
} else if (i < 0) { |
| 2116 |
|
i = -1; |
| 2117 |
|
} |
| 2118 |
|
*indexPtr = i; |
| 2119 |
|
goto success; |
| 2120 |
|
} |
| 2121 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) NULL, TCL_STATIC); |
| 2122 |
|
} |
| 2123 |
|
|
| 2124 |
|
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
| 2125 |
|
Tcl_Obj *labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr; |
| 2126 |
|
char *label = (labelPtr == NULL) ? NULL |
| 2127 |
|
: Tcl_GetStringFromObj(labelPtr, NULL); |
| 2128 |
|
|
| 2129 |
|
if ((label != NULL) |
| 2130 |
|
&& (Tcl_StringMatch(label, string))) { |
| 2131 |
|
*indexPtr = i; |
| 2132 |
|
goto success; |
| 2133 |
|
} |
| 2134 |
|
} |
| 2135 |
|
|
| 2136 |
|
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad menu entry index \"", |
| 2137 |
|
string, "\"", (char *) NULL); |
| 2138 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2139 |
|
|
| 2140 |
|
success: |
| 2141 |
|
return TCL_OK; |
| 2142 |
|
} |
| 2143 |
|
|
| 2144 |
|
/* |
| 2145 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2146 |
|
* |
| 2147 |
|
* MenuCmdDeletedProc -- |
| 2148 |
|
* |
| 2149 |
|
* This procedure is invoked when a widget command is deleted. If |
| 2150 |
|
* the widget isn't already in the process of being destroyed, |
| 2151 |
|
* this command destroys it. |
| 2152 |
|
* |
| 2153 |
|
* Results: |
| 2154 |
|
* None. |
| 2155 |
|
* |
| 2156 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2157 |
|
* The widget is destroyed. |
| 2158 |
|
* |
| 2159 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2160 |
|
*/ |
| 2161 |
|
|
| 2162 |
|
static void |
| 2163 |
|
MenuCmdDeletedProc(clientData) |
| 2164 |
|
ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */ |
| 2165 |
|
{ |
| 2166 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData; |
| 2167 |
|
Tk_Window tkwin = menuPtr->tkwin; |
| 2168 |
|
|
| 2169 |
|
/* |
| 2170 |
|
* This procedure could be invoked either because the window was |
| 2171 |
|
* destroyed and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin |
| 2172 |
|
* is NULL) or because the command was deleted, and then this procedure |
| 2173 |
|
* destroys the widget. |
| 2174 |
|
*/ |
| 2175 |
|
|
| 2176 |
|
if (tkwin != NULL) { |
| 2177 |
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin); |
| 2178 |
|
} |
| 2179 |
|
} |
| 2180 |
|
|
| 2181 |
|
/* |
| 2182 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2183 |
|
* |
| 2184 |
|
* MenuNewEntry -- |
| 2185 |
|
* |
| 2186 |
|
* This procedure allocates and initializes a new menu entry. |
| 2187 |
|
* |
| 2188 |
|
* Results: |
| 2189 |
|
* The return value is a pointer to a new menu entry structure, |
| 2190 |
|
* which has been malloc-ed, initialized, and entered into the |
| 2191 |
|
* entry array for the menu. |
| 2192 |
|
* |
| 2193 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2194 |
|
* Storage gets allocated. |
| 2195 |
|
* |
| 2196 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2197 |
|
*/ |
| 2198 |
|
|
| 2199 |
|
static TkMenuEntry * |
| 2200 |
|
MenuNewEntry(menuPtr, index, type) |
| 2201 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Menu that will hold the new entry. */ |
| 2202 |
|
int index; /* Where in the menu the new entry is to |
| 2203 |
|
* go. */ |
| 2204 |
|
int type; /* The type of the new entry. */ |
| 2205 |
|
{ |
| 2206 |
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
| 2207 |
|
TkMenuEntry **newEntries; |
| 2208 |
|
int i; |
| 2209 |
|
|
| 2210 |
|
/* |
| 2211 |
|
* Create a new array of entries with an empty slot for the |
| 2212 |
|
* new entry. |
| 2213 |
|
*/ |
| 2214 |
|
|
| 2215 |
|
newEntries = (TkMenuEntry **) ckalloc((unsigned) |
| 2216 |
|
((menuPtr->numEntries+1)*sizeof(TkMenuEntry *))); |
| 2217 |
|
for (i = 0; i < index; i++) { |
| 2218 |
|
newEntries[i] = menuPtr->entries[i]; |
| 2219 |
|
} |
| 2220 |
|
for ( ; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
| 2221 |
|
newEntries[i+1] = menuPtr->entries[i]; |
| 2222 |
|
newEntries[i+1]->index = i + 1; |
| 2223 |
|
} |
| 2224 |
|
if (menuPtr->numEntries != 0) { |
| 2225 |
|
ckfree((char *) menuPtr->entries); |
| 2226 |
|
} |
| 2227 |
|
menuPtr->entries = newEntries; |
| 2228 |
|
menuPtr->numEntries++; |
| 2229 |
|
mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuEntry)); |
| 2230 |
|
menuPtr->entries[index] = mePtr; |
| 2231 |
|
mePtr->type = type; |
| 2232 |
|
mePtr->optionTable = menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[type]; |
| 2233 |
|
mePtr->menuPtr = menuPtr; |
| 2234 |
|
mePtr->labelPtr = NULL; |
| 2235 |
|
mePtr->labelLength = 0; |
| 2236 |
|
mePtr->underline = -1; |
| 2237 |
|
mePtr->bitmapPtr = NULL; |
| 2238 |
|
mePtr->imagePtr = NULL; |
| 2239 |
|
mePtr->image = NULL; |
| 2240 |
|
mePtr->selectImagePtr = NULL; |
| 2241 |
|
mePtr->selectImage = NULL; |
| 2242 |
|
mePtr->accelPtr = NULL; |
| 2243 |
|
mePtr->accelLength = 0; |
| 2244 |
|
mePtr->state = ENTRY_DISABLED; |
| 2245 |
|
mePtr->borderPtr = NULL; |
| 2246 |
|
mePtr->fgPtr = NULL; |
| 2247 |
|
mePtr->activeBorderPtr = NULL; |
| 2248 |
|
mePtr->activeFgPtr = NULL; |
| 2249 |
|
mePtr->fontPtr = NULL; |
| 2250 |
|
mePtr->indicatorOn = 0; |
| 2251 |
|
mePtr->indicatorFgPtr = NULL; |
| 2252 |
|
mePtr->columnBreak = 0; |
| 2253 |
|
mePtr->hideMargin = 0; |
| 2254 |
|
mePtr->commandPtr = NULL; |
| 2255 |
|
mePtr->namePtr = NULL; |
| 2256 |
|
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr = NULL; |
| 2257 |
|
mePtr->onValuePtr = NULL; |
| 2258 |
|
mePtr->offValuePtr = NULL; |
| 2259 |
|
mePtr->entryFlags = 0; |
| 2260 |
|
mePtr->index = index; |
| 2261 |
|
mePtr->nextCascadePtr = NULL; |
| 2262 |
|
if (Tk_InitOptions(menuPtr->interp, (char *) mePtr, |
| 2263 |
|
mePtr->optionTable, menuPtr->tkwin) != TCL_OK) { |
| 2264 |
|
ckfree((char *) mePtr); |
| 2265 |
|
return NULL; |
| 2266 |
|
} |
| 2267 |
|
TkMenuInitializeEntryDrawingFields(mePtr); |
| 2268 |
|
if (TkpMenuNewEntry(mePtr) != TCL_OK) { |
| 2269 |
|
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mePtr, mePtr->optionTable, |
| 2270 |
|
menuPtr->tkwin); |
| 2271 |
|
ckfree((char *) mePtr); |
| 2272 |
|
return NULL; |
| 2273 |
|
} |
| 2274 |
|
|
| 2275 |
|
return mePtr; |
| 2276 |
|
} |
| 2277 |
|
|
| 2278 |
|
/* |
| 2279 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2280 |
|
* |
| 2281 |
|
* MenuAddOrInsert -- |
| 2282 |
|
* |
| 2283 |
|
* This procedure does all of the work of the "add" and "insert" |
| 2284 |
|
* widget commands, allowing the code for these to be shared. |
| 2285 |
|
* |
| 2286 |
|
* Results: |
| 2287 |
|
* A standard Tcl return value. |
| 2288 |
|
* |
| 2289 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2290 |
|
* A new menu entry is created in menuPtr. |
| 2291 |
|
* |
| 2292 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2293 |
|
*/ |
| 2294 |
|
|
| 2295 |
|
static int |
| 2296 |
|
MenuAddOrInsert(interp, menuPtr, indexPtr, objc, objv) |
| 2297 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */ |
| 2298 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Widget in which to create new |
| 2299 |
|
* entry. */ |
| 2300 |
|
Tcl_Obj *indexPtr; /* Object describing index at which |
| 2301 |
|
* to insert. NULL means insert at |
| 2302 |
|
* end. */ |
| 2303 |
|
int objc; /* Number of elements in objv. */ |
| 2304 |
|
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Arguments to command: first arg |
| 2305 |
|
* is type of entry, others are |
| 2306 |
|
* config options. */ |
| 2307 |
|
{ |
| 2308 |
|
int type, index; |
| 2309 |
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
| 2310 |
|
TkMenu *menuListPtr; |
| 2311 |
|
|
| 2312 |
|
if (indexPtr != NULL) { |
| 2313 |
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, indexPtr, 1, &index) |
| 2314 |
|
!= TCL_OK) { |
| 2315 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2316 |
|
} |
| 2317 |
|
} else { |
| 2318 |
|
index = menuPtr->numEntries; |
| 2319 |
|
} |
| 2320 |
|
if (index < 0) { |
| 2321 |
|
char *indexString = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(indexPtr, NULL); |
| 2322 |
|
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", indexString, "\"", |
| 2323 |
|
(char *) NULL); |
| 2324 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2325 |
|
} |
| 2326 |
|
if (menuPtr->tearoff && (index == 0)) { |
| 2327 |
|
index = 1; |
| 2328 |
|
} |
| 2329 |
|
|
| 2330 |
|
/* |
| 2331 |
|
* Figure out the type of the new entry. |
| 2332 |
|
*/ |
| 2333 |
|
|
| 2334 |
|
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[0], menuEntryTypeStrings, |
| 2335 |
|
"menu entry type", 0, &type) != TCL_OK) { |
| 2336 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2337 |
|
} |
| 2338 |
|
|
| 2339 |
|
/* |
| 2340 |
|
* Now we have to add an entry for every instance related to this menu. |
| 2341 |
|
*/ |
| 2342 |
|
|
| 2343 |
|
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL; |
| 2344 |
|
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
| 2345 |
|
|
| 2346 |
|
mePtr = MenuNewEntry(menuListPtr, index, type); |
| 2347 |
|
if (mePtr == NULL) { |
| 2348 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2349 |
|
} |
| 2350 |
|
if (ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, objc - 1, objv + 1) != TCL_OK) { |
| 2351 |
|
TkMenu *errorMenuPtr; |
| 2352 |
|
int i; |
| 2353 |
|
|
| 2354 |
|
for (errorMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
| 2355 |
|
errorMenuPtr != NULL; |
| 2356 |
|
errorMenuPtr = errorMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
| 2357 |
|
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) errorMenuPtr->entries[index], |
| 2358 |
|
DestroyMenuEntry); |
| 2359 |
|
for (i = index; i < errorMenuPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) { |
| 2360 |
|
errorMenuPtr->entries[i] = errorMenuPtr->entries[i + 1]; |
| 2361 |
|
errorMenuPtr->entries[i]->index = i; |
| 2362 |
|
} |
| 2363 |
|
errorMenuPtr->numEntries--; |
| 2364 |
|
if (errorMenuPtr->numEntries == 0) { |
| 2365 |
|
ckfree((char *) errorMenuPtr->entries); |
| 2366 |
|
errorMenuPtr->entries = NULL; |
| 2367 |
|
} |
| 2368 |
|
if (errorMenuPtr == menuListPtr) { |
| 2369 |
|
break; |
| 2370 |
|
} |
| 2371 |
|
} |
| 2372 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2373 |
|
} |
| 2374 |
|
|
| 2375 |
|
/* |
| 2376 |
|
* If a menu has cascades, then every instance of the menu has |
| 2377 |
|
* to have its own parallel cascade structure. So adding an |
| 2378 |
|
* entry to a menu with clones means that the menu that the |
| 2379 |
|
* entry points to has to be cloned for every clone the |
| 2380 |
|
* master menu has. This is special case #2 in the comment |
| 2381 |
|
* at the top of this file. |
| 2382 |
|
*/ |
| 2383 |
|
|
| 2384 |
|
if ((menuPtr != menuListPtr) && (type == CASCADE_ENTRY)) { |
| 2385 |
|
if ((mePtr->namePtr != NULL) |
| 2386 |
|
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL) |
| 2387 |
|
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) { |
| 2388 |
|
TkMenu *cascadeMenuPtr = |
| 2389 |
|
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
| 2390 |
|
Tcl_Obj *newCascadePtr; |
| 2391 |
|
Tcl_Obj *menuNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1); |
| 2392 |
|
Tcl_Obj *windowNamePtr = |
| 2393 |
|
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(menuListPtr->tkwin), -1); |
| 2394 |
|
Tcl_Obj *normalPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("normal", -1); |
| 2395 |
|
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[2]; |
| 2396 |
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; |
| 2397 |
|
|
| 2398 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
| 2399 |
|
newCascadePtr = TkNewMenuName(menuListPtr->interp, |
| 2400 |
|
windowNamePtr, cascadeMenuPtr); |
| 2401 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newCascadePtr); |
| 2402 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(normalPtr); |
| 2403 |
|
CloneMenu(cascadeMenuPtr, newCascadePtr, normalPtr); |
| 2404 |
|
|
| 2405 |
|
menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuListPtr->interp, |
| 2406 |
|
newCascadePtr); |
| 2407 |
|
if (menuRefPtr == NULL) { |
| 2408 |
|
panic("CloneMenu failed inside of MenuAddOrInsert."); |
| 2409 |
|
} |
| 2410 |
|
newObjv[0] = menuNamePtr; |
| 2411 |
|
newObjv[1] = newCascadePtr; |
| 2412 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(menuNamePtr); |
| 2413 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newCascadePtr); |
| 2414 |
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, 2, newObjv); |
| 2415 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newCascadePtr); |
| 2416 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(menuNamePtr); |
| 2417 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
| 2418 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(normalPtr); |
| 2419 |
|
} |
| 2420 |
|
} |
| 2421 |
|
} |
| 2422 |
|
return TCL_OK; |
| 2423 |
|
} |
| 2424 |
|
|
| 2425 |
|
/* |
| 2426 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2427 |
|
* |
| 2428 |
|
* MenuVarProc -- |
| 2429 |
|
* |
| 2430 |
|
* This procedure is invoked when someone changes the |
| 2431 |
|
* state variable associated with a radiobutton or checkbutton |
| 2432 |
|
* menu entry. The entry's selected state is set to match |
| 2433 |
|
* the value of the variable. |
| 2434 |
|
* |
| 2435 |
|
* Results: |
| 2436 |
|
* NULL is always returned. |
| 2437 |
|
* |
| 2438 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2439 |
|
* The menu entry may become selected or deselected. |
| 2440 |
|
* |
| 2441 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2442 |
|
*/ |
| 2443 |
|
|
| 2444 |
|
static char * |
| 2445 |
|
MenuVarProc(clientData, interp, name1, name2, flags) |
| 2446 |
|
ClientData clientData; /* Information about menu entry. */ |
| 2447 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter containing variable. */ |
| 2448 |
|
char *name1; /* First part of variable's name. */ |
| 2449 |
|
char *name2; /* Second part of variable's name. */ |
| 2450 |
|
int flags; /* Describes what just happened. */ |
| 2451 |
|
{ |
| 2452 |
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) clientData; |
| 2453 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; |
| 2454 |
|
char *value; |
| 2455 |
|
char *name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->namePtr, NULL); |
| 2456 |
|
char *onValue; |
| 2457 |
|
|
| 2458 |
|
menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; |
| 2459 |
|
|
| 2460 |
|
/* |
| 2461 |
|
* If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the |
| 2462 |
|
* trace unless the whole interpreter is going away. |
| 2463 |
|
*/ |
| 2464 |
|
|
| 2465 |
|
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { |
| 2466 |
|
mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_SELECTED; |
| 2467 |
|
if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) { |
| 2468 |
|
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, name, |
| 2469 |
|
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, |
| 2470 |
|
MenuVarProc, clientData); |
| 2471 |
|
} |
| 2472 |
|
TkpConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr); |
| 2473 |
|
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, (TkMenuEntry *) NULL); |
| 2474 |
|
return (char *) NULL; |
| 2475 |
|
} |
| 2476 |
|
|
| 2477 |
|
/* |
| 2478 |
|
* Use the value of the variable to update the selected status of |
| 2479 |
|
* the menu entry. |
| 2480 |
|
*/ |
| 2481 |
|
|
| 2482 |
|
value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, name, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); |
| 2483 |
|
if (value == NULL) { |
| 2484 |
|
value = ""; |
| 2485 |
|
} |
| 2486 |
|
if (mePtr->onValuePtr != NULL) { |
| 2487 |
|
onValue = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->onValuePtr, NULL); |
| 2488 |
|
if (strcmp(value, onValue) == 0) { |
| 2489 |
|
if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED) { |
| 2490 |
|
return (char *) NULL; |
| 2491 |
|
} |
| 2492 |
|
mePtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_SELECTED; |
| 2493 |
|
} else if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED) { |
| 2494 |
|
mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_SELECTED; |
| 2495 |
|
} else { |
| 2496 |
|
return (char *) NULL; |
| 2497 |
|
} |
| 2498 |
|
} else { |
| 2499 |
|
return (char *) NULL; |
| 2500 |
|
} |
| 2501 |
|
TkpConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr); |
| 2502 |
|
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, mePtr); |
| 2503 |
|
return (char *) NULL; |
| 2504 |
|
} |
| 2505 |
|
|
| 2506 |
|
/* |
| 2507 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2508 |
|
* |
| 2509 |
|
* TkActivateMenuEntry -- |
| 2510 |
|
* |
| 2511 |
|
* This procedure is invoked to make a particular menu entry |
| 2512 |
|
* the active one, deactivating any other entry that might |
| 2513 |
|
* currently be active. |
| 2514 |
|
* |
| 2515 |
|
* Results: |
| 2516 |
|
* The return value is a standard Tcl result (errors can occur |
| 2517 |
|
* while posting and unposting submenus). |
| 2518 |
|
* |
| 2519 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2520 |
|
* Menu entries get redisplayed, and the active entry changes. |
| 2521 |
|
* Submenus may get posted and unposted. |
| 2522 |
|
* |
| 2523 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2524 |
|
*/ |
| 2525 |
|
|
| 2526 |
|
int |
| 2527 |
|
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, index) |
| 2528 |
|
register TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Menu in which to activate. */ |
| 2529 |
|
int index; /* Index of entry to activate, or |
| 2530 |
|
* -1 to deactivate all entries. */ |
| 2531 |
|
{ |
| 2532 |
|
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
| 2533 |
|
int result = TCL_OK; |
| 2534 |
|
|
| 2535 |
|
if (menuPtr->active >= 0) { |
| 2536 |
|
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->active]; |
| 2537 |
|
|
| 2538 |
|
/* |
| 2539 |
|
* Don't change the state unless it's currently active (state |
| 2540 |
|
* might already have been changed to disabled). |
| 2541 |
|
*/ |
| 2542 |
|
|
| 2543 |
|
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) { |
| 2544 |
|
mePtr->state = ENTRY_NORMAL; |
| 2545 |
|
} |
| 2546 |
|
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->active]); |
| 2547 |
|
} |
| 2548 |
|
menuPtr->active = index; |
| 2549 |
|
if (index >= 0) { |
| 2550 |
|
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index]; |
| 2551 |
|
mePtr->state = ENTRY_ACTIVE; |
| 2552 |
|
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, mePtr); |
| 2553 |
|
} |
| 2554 |
|
return result; |
| 2555 |
|
} |
| 2556 |
|
|
| 2557 |
|
/* |
| 2558 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2559 |
|
* |
| 2560 |
|
* TkPostCommand -- |
| 2561 |
|
* |
| 2562 |
|
* Execute the postcommand for the given menu. |
| 2563 |
|
* |
| 2564 |
|
* Results: |
| 2565 |
|
* The return value is a standard Tcl result (errors can occur |
| 2566 |
|
* while the postcommands are being processed). |
| 2567 |
|
* |
| 2568 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2569 |
|
* Since commands can get executed while this routine is being executed, |
| 2570 |
|
* the entire world can change. |
| 2571 |
|
* |
| 2572 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2573 |
|
*/ |
| 2574 |
|
|
| 2575 |
|
int |
| 2576 |
|
TkPostCommand(menuPtr) |
| 2577 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; |
| 2578 |
|
{ |
| 2579 |
|
int result; |
| 2580 |
|
|
| 2581 |
|
/* |
| 2582 |
|
* If there is a command for the menu, execute it. This |
| 2583 |
|
* may change the size of the menu, so be sure to recompute |
| 2584 |
|
* the menu's geometry if needed. |
| 2585 |
|
*/ |
| 2586 |
|
|
| 2587 |
|
if (menuPtr->postCommandPtr != NULL) { |
| 2588 |
|
Tcl_Obj *postCommandPtr = menuPtr->postCommandPtr; |
| 2589 |
|
|
| 2590 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(postCommandPtr); |
| 2591 |
|
result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(menuPtr->interp, postCommandPtr, |
| 2592 |
|
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); |
| 2593 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(postCommandPtr); |
| 2594 |
|
if (result != TCL_OK) { |
| 2595 |
|
return result; |
| 2596 |
|
} |
| 2597 |
|
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr); |
| 2598 |
|
} |
| 2599 |
|
return TCL_OK; |
| 2600 |
|
} |
| 2601 |
|
|
| 2602 |
|
/* |
| 2603 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2604 |
|
* |
| 2605 |
|
* CloneMenu -- |
| 2606 |
|
* |
| 2607 |
|
* Creates a child copy of the menu. It will be inserted into |
| 2608 |
|
* the menu's instance chain. All attributes and entry |
| 2609 |
|
* attributes will be duplicated. |
| 2610 |
|
* |
| 2611 |
|
* Results: |
| 2612 |
|
* A standard Tcl result. |
| 2613 |
|
* |
| 2614 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2615 |
|
* Allocates storage. After the menu is created, any |
| 2616 |
|
* configuration done with this menu or any related one |
| 2617 |
|
* will be reflected in all of them. |
| 2618 |
|
* |
| 2619 |
|
*-------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2620 |
|
*/ |
| 2621 |
|
|
| 2622 |
|
static int |
| 2623 |
|
CloneMenu(menuPtr, newMenuNamePtr, newMenuTypePtr) |
| 2624 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The menu we are going to clone */ |
| 2625 |
|
Tcl_Obj *newMenuNamePtr; /* The name to give the new menu */ |
| 2626 |
|
Tcl_Obj *newMenuTypePtr; /* What kind of menu is this, a normal menu |
| 2627 |
|
* a menubar, or a tearoff? */ |
| 2628 |
|
{ |
| 2629 |
|
int returnResult; |
| 2630 |
|
int menuType, i; |
| 2631 |
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; |
| 2632 |
|
Tcl_Obj *menuDupCommandArray[4]; |
| 2633 |
|
|
| 2634 |
|
if (newMenuTypePtr == NULL) { |
| 2635 |
|
menuType = MASTER_MENU; |
| 2636 |
|
} else { |
| 2637 |
|
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(menuPtr->interp, newMenuTypePtr, |
| 2638 |
|
menuTypeStrings, "menu type", 0, &menuType) != TCL_OK) { |
| 2639 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2640 |
|
} |
| 2641 |
|
} |
| 2642 |
|
|
| 2643 |
|
menuDupCommandArray[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj("tkMenuDup", -1); |
| 2644 |
|
menuDupCommandArray[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1); |
| 2645 |
|
menuDupCommandArray[2] = newMenuNamePtr; |
| 2646 |
|
if (newMenuTypePtr == NULL) { |
| 2647 |
|
menuDupCommandArray[3] = Tcl_NewStringObj("normal", -1); |
| 2648 |
|
} else { |
| 2649 |
|
menuDupCommandArray[3] = newMenuTypePtr; |
| 2650 |
|
} |
| 2651 |
|
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) { |
| 2652 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(menuDupCommandArray[i]); |
| 2653 |
|
} |
| 2654 |
|
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) menuPtr); |
| 2655 |
|
returnResult = Tcl_EvalObjv(menuPtr->interp, 4, menuDupCommandArray, 0); |
| 2656 |
|
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) { |
| 2657 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(menuDupCommandArray[i]); |
| 2658 |
|
} |
| 2659 |
|
|
| 2660 |
|
/* |
| 2661 |
|
* Make sure the tcl command actually created the clone. |
| 2662 |
|
*/ |
| 2663 |
|
|
| 2664 |
|
if ((returnResult == TCL_OK) && |
| 2665 |
|
((menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuPtr->interp, |
| 2666 |
|
newMenuNamePtr)) != (TkMenuReferences *) NULL) |
| 2667 |
|
&& (menuPtr->numEntries == menuRefPtr->menuPtr->numEntries)) { |
| 2668 |
|
TkMenu *newMenuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr; |
| 2669 |
|
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[3]; |
| 2670 |
|
char *newArgv[3]; |
| 2671 |
|
int i, numElements; |
| 2672 |
|
|
| 2673 |
|
/* |
| 2674 |
|
* Now put this newly created menu into the parent menu's instance |
| 2675 |
|
* chain. |
| 2676 |
|
*/ |
| 2677 |
|
|
| 2678 |
|
if (menuPtr->nextInstancePtr == NULL) { |
| 2679 |
|
menuPtr->nextInstancePtr = newMenuPtr; |
| 2680 |
|
newMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
| 2681 |
|
} else { |
| 2682 |
|
TkMenu *masterMenuPtr; |
| 2683 |
|
|
| 2684 |
|
masterMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
| 2685 |
|
newMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr = masterMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr; |
| 2686 |
|
masterMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr = newMenuPtr; |
| 2687 |
|
newMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr = masterMenuPtr; |
| 2688 |
|
} |
| 2689 |
|
|
| 2690 |
|
/* |
| 2691 |
|
* Add the master menu's window to the bind tags for this window |
| 2692 |
|
* after this window's tag. This is so the user can bind to either |
| 2693 |
|
* this clone (which may not be easy to do) or the entire menu |
| 2694 |
|
* clone structure. |
| 2695 |
|
*/ |
| 2696 |
|
|
| 2697 |
|
newArgv[0] = "bindtags"; |
| 2698 |
|
newArgv[1] = Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->tkwin); |
| 2699 |
|
if (Tk_BindtagsCmd((ClientData)newMenuPtr->tkwin, |
| 2700 |
|
newMenuPtr->interp, 2, newArgv) == TCL_OK) { |
| 2701 |
|
char *windowName; |
| 2702 |
|
Tcl_Obj *bindingsPtr = |
| 2703 |
|
Tcl_DuplicateObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(newMenuPtr->interp)); |
| 2704 |
|
Tcl_Obj *elementPtr; |
| 2705 |
|
|
| 2706 |
|
Tcl_ListObjLength(newMenuPtr->interp, bindingsPtr, &numElements); |
| 2707 |
|
for (i = 0; i < numElements; i++) { |
| 2708 |
|
Tcl_ListObjIndex(newMenuPtr->interp, bindingsPtr, i, |
| 2709 |
|
&elementPtr); |
| 2710 |
|
windowName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(elementPtr, NULL); |
| 2711 |
|
if (strcmp(windowName, Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->tkwin)) |
| 2712 |
|
== 0) { |
| 2713 |
|
Tcl_Obj *newElementPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj( |
| 2714 |
|
Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin), -1); |
| 2715 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newElementPtr); |
| 2716 |
|
Tcl_ListObjReplace(menuPtr->interp, bindingsPtr, |
| 2717 |
|
i + 1, 0, 1, &newElementPtr); |
| 2718 |
|
newArgv[2] = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(bindingsPtr, NULL); |
| 2719 |
|
Tk_BindtagsCmd((ClientData)newMenuPtr->tkwin, |
| 2720 |
|
menuPtr->interp, 3, newArgv); |
| 2721 |
|
break; |
| 2722 |
|
} |
| 2723 |
|
} |
| 2724 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(bindingsPtr); |
| 2725 |
|
} |
| 2726 |
|
Tcl_ResetResult(menuPtr->interp); |
| 2727 |
|
|
| 2728 |
|
/* |
| 2729 |
|
* Clone all of the cascade menus that this menu points to. |
| 2730 |
|
*/ |
| 2731 |
|
|
| 2732 |
|
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
| 2733 |
|
TkMenuReferences *cascadeRefPtr; |
| 2734 |
|
TkMenu *oldCascadePtr; |
| 2735 |
|
|
| 2736 |
|
if ((menuPtr->entries[i]->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) |
| 2737 |
|
&& (menuPtr->entries[i]->namePtr != NULL)) { |
| 2738 |
|
cascadeRefPtr = |
| 2739 |
|
TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuPtr->interp, |
| 2740 |
|
menuPtr->entries[i]->namePtr); |
| 2741 |
|
if ((cascadeRefPtr != NULL) && (cascadeRefPtr->menuPtr)) { |
| 2742 |
|
Tcl_Obj *windowNamePtr = |
| 2743 |
|
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->tkwin), |
| 2744 |
|
-1); |
| 2745 |
|
Tcl_Obj *newCascadePtr; |
| 2746 |
|
|
| 2747 |
|
oldCascadePtr = cascadeRefPtr->menuPtr; |
| 2748 |
|
|
| 2749 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
| 2750 |
|
newCascadePtr = TkNewMenuName(menuPtr->interp, |
| 2751 |
|
windowNamePtr, oldCascadePtr); |
| 2752 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newCascadePtr); |
| 2753 |
|
CloneMenu(oldCascadePtr, newCascadePtr, NULL); |
| 2754 |
|
|
| 2755 |
|
newObjv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1); |
| 2756 |
|
newObjv[1] = newCascadePtr; |
| 2757 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
| 2758 |
|
ConfigureMenuEntry(newMenuPtr->entries[i], 2, newObjv); |
| 2759 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[0]); |
| 2760 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newCascadePtr); |
| 2761 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
| 2762 |
|
} |
| 2763 |
|
} |
| 2764 |
|
} |
| 2765 |
|
|
| 2766 |
|
returnResult = TCL_OK; |
| 2767 |
|
} else { |
| 2768 |
|
returnResult = TCL_ERROR; |
| 2769 |
|
} |
| 2770 |
|
Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr); |
| 2771 |
|
return returnResult; |
| 2772 |
|
} |
| 2773 |
|
|
| 2774 |
|
/* |
| 2775 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2776 |
|
* |
| 2777 |
|
* MenuDoYPosition -- |
| 2778 |
|
* |
| 2779 |
|
* Given arguments from an option command line, returns the Y position. |
| 2780 |
|
* |
| 2781 |
|
* Results: |
| 2782 |
|
* Returns TCL_OK or TCL_Error |
| 2783 |
|
* |
| 2784 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2785 |
|
* yPosition is set to the Y-position of the menu entry. |
| 2786 |
|
* |
| 2787 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2788 |
|
*/ |
| 2789 |
|
|
| 2790 |
|
static int |
| 2791 |
|
MenuDoYPosition(interp, menuPtr, objPtr) |
| 2792 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; |
| 2793 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; |
| 2794 |
|
Tcl_Obj *objPtr; |
| 2795 |
|
{ |
| 2796 |
|
int index; |
| 2797 |
|
|
| 2798 |
|
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr); |
| 2799 |
|
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objPtr, 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { |
| 2800 |
|
goto error; |
| 2801 |
|
} |
| 2802 |
|
Tcl_ResetResult(interp); |
| 2803 |
|
if (index < 0) { |
| 2804 |
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(0)); |
| 2805 |
|
} else { |
| 2806 |
|
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(menuPtr->entries[index]->y)); |
| 2807 |
|
} |
| 2808 |
|
|
| 2809 |
|
return TCL_OK; |
| 2810 |
|
|
| 2811 |
|
error: |
| 2812 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2813 |
|
} |
| 2814 |
|
|
| 2815 |
|
/* |
| 2816 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2817 |
|
* |
| 2818 |
|
* GetIndexFromCoords -- |
| 2819 |
|
* |
| 2820 |
|
* Given a string of the form "@int", return the menu item corresponding |
| 2821 |
|
* to int. |
| 2822 |
|
* |
| 2823 |
|
* Results: |
| 2824 |
|
* If int is a valid number, *indexPtr will be the number of the menuentry |
| 2825 |
|
* that is the correct height. If int is invaled, *indexPtr will be |
| 2826 |
|
* unchanged. Returns appropriate Tcl error number. |
| 2827 |
|
* |
| 2828 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2829 |
|
* If int is invalid, interp's result will set to NULL. |
| 2830 |
|
* |
| 2831 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2832 |
|
*/ |
| 2833 |
|
|
| 2834 |
|
static int |
| 2835 |
|
GetIndexFromCoords(interp, menuPtr, string, indexPtr) |
| 2836 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* interp of menu */ |
| 2837 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* the menu we are searching */ |
| 2838 |
|
char *string; /* The @string we are parsing */ |
| 2839 |
|
int *indexPtr; /* The index of the item that matches */ |
| 2840 |
|
{ |
| 2841 |
|
int x, y, i; |
| 2842 |
|
char *p, *end; |
| 2843 |
|
|
| 2844 |
|
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr); |
| 2845 |
|
p = string + 1; |
| 2846 |
|
y = strtol(p, &end, 0); |
| 2847 |
|
if (end == p) { |
| 2848 |
|
goto error; |
| 2849 |
|
} |
| 2850 |
|
if (*end == ',') { |
| 2851 |
|
x = y; |
| 2852 |
|
p = end + 1; |
| 2853 |
|
y = strtol(p, &end, 0); |
| 2854 |
|
if (end == p) { |
| 2855 |
|
goto error; |
| 2856 |
|
} |
| 2857 |
|
} else { |
| 2858 |
|
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, menuPtr->tkwin, |
| 2859 |
|
menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, &x); |
| 2860 |
|
} |
| 2861 |
|
|
| 2862 |
|
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
| 2863 |
|
if ((x >= menuPtr->entries[i]->x) && (y >= menuPtr->entries[i]->y) |
| 2864 |
|
&& (x < (menuPtr->entries[i]->x + menuPtr->entries[i]->width)) |
| 2865 |
|
&& (y < (menuPtr->entries[i]->y |
| 2866 |
|
+ menuPtr->entries[i]->height))) { |
| 2867 |
|
break; |
| 2868 |
|
} |
| 2869 |
|
} |
| 2870 |
|
if (i >= menuPtr->numEntries) { |
| 2871 |
|
/* i = menuPtr->numEntries - 1; */ |
| 2872 |
|
i = -1; |
| 2873 |
|
} |
| 2874 |
|
*indexPtr = i; |
| 2875 |
|
return TCL_OK; |
| 2876 |
|
|
| 2877 |
|
error: |
| 2878 |
|
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) NULL, TCL_STATIC); |
| 2879 |
|
return TCL_ERROR; |
| 2880 |
|
} |
| 2881 |
|
|
| 2882 |
|
/* |
| 2883 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2884 |
|
* |
| 2885 |
|
* RecursivelyDeleteMenu -- |
| 2886 |
|
* |
| 2887 |
|
* Deletes a menu and any cascades underneath it. Used for deleting |
| 2888 |
|
* instances when a menu is no longer being used as a menubar, |
| 2889 |
|
* for instance. |
| 2890 |
|
* |
| 2891 |
|
* Results: |
| 2892 |
|
* None. |
| 2893 |
|
* |
| 2894 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2895 |
|
* Destroys the menu and all cascade menus underneath it. |
| 2896 |
|
* |
| 2897 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2898 |
|
*/ |
| 2899 |
|
|
| 2900 |
|
static void |
| 2901 |
|
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(menuPtr) |
| 2902 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The menubar instance we are deleting */ |
| 2903 |
|
{ |
| 2904 |
|
int i; |
| 2905 |
|
TkMenuEntry *mePtr; |
| 2906 |
|
|
| 2907 |
|
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
| 2908 |
|
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i]; |
| 2909 |
|
if ((mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) |
| 2910 |
|
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL) |
| 2911 |
|
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) { |
| 2912 |
|
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr); |
| 2913 |
|
} |
| 2914 |
|
} |
| 2915 |
|
Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin); |
| 2916 |
|
} |
| 2917 |
|
|
| 2918 |
|
/* |
| 2919 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2920 |
|
* |
| 2921 |
|
* TkNewMenuName -- |
| 2922 |
|
* |
| 2923 |
|
* Makes a new unique name for a cloned menu. Will be a child |
| 2924 |
|
* of oldName. |
| 2925 |
|
* |
| 2926 |
|
* Results: |
| 2927 |
|
* Returns a char * which has been allocated; caller must free. |
| 2928 |
|
* |
| 2929 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 2930 |
|
* Memory is allocated. |
| 2931 |
|
* |
| 2932 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2933 |
|
*/ |
| 2934 |
|
|
| 2935 |
|
Tcl_Obj * |
| 2936 |
|
TkNewMenuName(interp, parentPtr, menuPtr) |
| 2937 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interp the new name has to live in.*/ |
| 2938 |
|
Tcl_Obj *parentPtr; /* The prefix path of the new name. */ |
| 2939 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The menu we are cloning. */ |
| 2940 |
|
{ |
| 2941 |
|
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = NULL; /* Initialization needed only to prevent |
| 2942 |
|
* compiler warning. */ |
| 2943 |
|
Tcl_Obj *childPtr; |
| 2944 |
|
char *destString; |
| 2945 |
|
int i; |
| 2946 |
|
int doDot; |
| 2947 |
|
Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo; |
| 2948 |
|
Tcl_HashTable *nameTablePtr = NULL; |
| 2949 |
|
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin; |
| 2950 |
|
char *parentName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(parentPtr, NULL); |
| 2951 |
|
|
| 2952 |
|
if (winPtr->mainPtr != NULL) { |
| 2953 |
|
nameTablePtr = &(winPtr->mainPtr->nameTable); |
| 2954 |
|
} |
| 2955 |
|
|
| 2956 |
|
doDot = parentName[strlen(parentName) - 1] != '.'; |
| 2957 |
|
|
| 2958 |
|
childPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1); |
| 2959 |
|
for (destString = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(childPtr, NULL); |
| 2960 |
|
*destString != '\0'; destString++) { |
| 2961 |
|
if (*destString == '.') { |
| 2962 |
|
*destString = '#'; |
| 2963 |
|
} |
| 2964 |
|
} |
| 2965 |
|
|
| 2966 |
|
for (i = 0; ; i++) { |
| 2967 |
|
if (i == 0) { |
| 2968 |
|
resultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(parentPtr); |
| 2969 |
|
if (doDot) { |
| 2970 |
|
Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, ".", -1); |
| 2971 |
|
} |
| 2972 |
|
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, childPtr); |
| 2973 |
|
} else { |
| 2974 |
|
Tcl_Obj *intPtr; |
| 2975 |
|
|
| 2976 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr); |
| 2977 |
|
resultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(parentPtr); |
| 2978 |
|
if (doDot) { |
| 2979 |
|
Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, ".", -1); |
| 2980 |
|
} |
| 2981 |
|
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, childPtr); |
| 2982 |
|
intPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(i); |
| 2983 |
|
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, intPtr); |
| 2984 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(intPtr); |
| 2985 |
|
} |
| 2986 |
|
destString = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(resultPtr, NULL); |
| 2987 |
|
if ((Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, destString, &cmdInfo) == 0) |
| 2988 |
|
&& ((nameTablePtr == NULL) |
| 2989 |
|
|| (Tcl_FindHashEntry(nameTablePtr, destString) == NULL))) { |
| 2990 |
|
break; |
| 2991 |
|
} |
| 2992 |
|
} |
| 2993 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(childPtr); |
| 2994 |
|
return resultPtr; |
| 2995 |
|
} |
| 2996 |
|
|
| 2997 |
|
/* |
| 2998 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2999 |
|
* |
| 3000 |
|
* TkSetWindowMenuBar -- |
| 3001 |
|
* |
| 3002 |
|
* Associates a menu with a window. Called by ConfigureFrame in |
| 3003 |
|
* in response to a "-menu .foo" configuration option for a top |
| 3004 |
|
* level. |
| 3005 |
|
* |
| 3006 |
|
* Results: |
| 3007 |
|
* None. |
| 3008 |
|
* |
| 3009 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 3010 |
|
* The old menu clones for the menubar are thrown away, and a |
| 3011 |
|
* handler is set up to allocate the new ones. |
| 3012 |
|
* |
| 3013 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3014 |
|
*/ |
| 3015 |
|
void |
| 3016 |
|
TkSetWindowMenuBar(interp, tkwin, oldMenuName, menuName) |
| 3017 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interpreter the toplevel lives in. */ |
| 3018 |
|
Tk_Window tkwin; /* The toplevel window */ |
| 3019 |
|
char *oldMenuName; /* The name of the menubar previously set in |
| 3020 |
|
* this toplevel. NULL means no menu was |
| 3021 |
|
* set previously. */ |
| 3022 |
|
char *menuName; /* The name of the new menubar that the |
| 3023 |
|
* toplevel needs to be set to. NULL means |
| 3024 |
|
* that their is no menu now. */ |
| 3025 |
|
{ |
| 3026 |
|
TkMenuTopLevelList *topLevelListPtr, *prevTopLevelPtr; |
| 3027 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; |
| 3028 |
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; |
| 3029 |
|
|
| 3030 |
|
TkMenuInit(); |
| 3031 |
|
|
| 3032 |
|
/* |
| 3033 |
|
* Destroy the menubar instances of the old menu. Take this window |
| 3034 |
|
* out of the old menu's top level reference list. |
| 3035 |
|
*/ |
| 3036 |
|
|
| 3037 |
|
if (oldMenuName != NULL) { |
| 3038 |
|
menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(interp, oldMenuName); |
| 3039 |
|
if (menuRefPtr != NULL) { |
| 3040 |
|
|
| 3041 |
|
/* |
| 3042 |
|
* Find the menubar instance that is to be removed. Destroy |
| 3043 |
|
* it and all of the cascades underneath it. |
| 3044 |
|
*/ |
| 3045 |
|
|
| 3046 |
|
if (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL) { |
| 3047 |
|
TkMenu *instancePtr; |
| 3048 |
|
|
| 3049 |
|
menuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr; |
| 3050 |
|
|
| 3051 |
|
for (instancePtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; |
| 3052 |
|
instancePtr != NULL; |
| 3053 |
|
instancePtr = instancePtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
| 3054 |
|
if (instancePtr->menuType == MENUBAR |
| 3055 |
|
&& instancePtr->parentTopLevelPtr == tkwin) { |
| 3056 |
|
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(instancePtr); |
| 3057 |
|
break; |
| 3058 |
|
} |
| 3059 |
|
} |
| 3060 |
|
} |
| 3061 |
|
|
| 3062 |
|
/* |
| 3063 |
|
* Now we need to remove this toplevel from the list of toplevels |
| 3064 |
|
* that reference this menu. |
| 3065 |
|
*/ |
| 3066 |
|
|
| 3067 |
|
for (topLevelListPtr = menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr, |
| 3068 |
|
prevTopLevelPtr = NULL; |
| 3069 |
|
(topLevelListPtr != NULL) |
| 3070 |
|
&& (topLevelListPtr->tkwin != tkwin); |
| 3071 |
|
prevTopLevelPtr = topLevelListPtr, |
| 3072 |
|
topLevelListPtr = topLevelListPtr->nextPtr) { |
| 3073 |
|
|
| 3074 |
|
/* |
| 3075 |
|
* Empty loop body. |
| 3076 |
|
*/ |
| 3077 |
|
|
| 3078 |
|
} |
| 3079 |
|
|
| 3080 |
|
/* |
| 3081 |
|
* Now we have found the toplevel reference that matches the |
| 3082 |
|
* tkwin; remove this reference from the list. |
| 3083 |
|
*/ |
| 3084 |
|
|
| 3085 |
|
if (topLevelListPtr != NULL) { |
| 3086 |
|
if (prevTopLevelPtr == NULL) { |
| 3087 |
|
menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr = |
| 3088 |
|
menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr->nextPtr; |
| 3089 |
|
} else { |
| 3090 |
|
prevTopLevelPtr->nextPtr = topLevelListPtr->nextPtr; |
| 3091 |
|
} |
| 3092 |
|
ckfree((char *) topLevelListPtr); |
| 3093 |
|
TkFreeMenuReferences(menuRefPtr); |
| 3094 |
|
} |
| 3095 |
|
} |
| 3096 |
|
} |
| 3097 |
|
|
| 3098 |
|
/* |
| 3099 |
|
* Now, add the clone references for the new menu. |
| 3100 |
|
*/ |
| 3101 |
|
|
| 3102 |
|
if (menuName != NULL && menuName[0] != 0) { |
| 3103 |
|
TkMenu *menuBarPtr = NULL; |
| 3104 |
|
|
| 3105 |
|
menuRefPtr = TkCreateMenuReferences(interp, menuName); |
| 3106 |
|
|
| 3107 |
|
menuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr; |
| 3108 |
|
if (menuPtr != NULL) { |
| 3109 |
|
Tcl_Obj *cloneMenuPtr; |
| 3110 |
|
TkMenuReferences *cloneMenuRefPtr; |
| 3111 |
|
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[4]; |
| 3112 |
|
Tcl_Obj *windowNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(tkwin), |
| 3113 |
|
-1); |
| 3114 |
|
Tcl_Obj *menubarPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("menubar", -1); |
| 3115 |
|
|
| 3116 |
|
/* |
| 3117 |
|
* Clone the menu and all of the cascades underneath it. |
| 3118 |
|
*/ |
| 3119 |
|
|
| 3120 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
| 3121 |
|
cloneMenuPtr = TkNewMenuName(interp, windowNamePtr, |
| 3122 |
|
menuPtr); |
| 3123 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cloneMenuPtr); |
| 3124 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(menubarPtr); |
| 3125 |
|
CloneMenu(menuPtr, cloneMenuPtr, menubarPtr); |
| 3126 |
|
|
| 3127 |
|
cloneMenuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(interp, cloneMenuPtr); |
| 3128 |
|
if ((cloneMenuRefPtr != NULL) |
| 3129 |
|
&& (cloneMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) { |
| 3130 |
|
Tcl_Obj *cursorPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-cursor", -1); |
| 3131 |
|
Tcl_Obj *nullPtr = Tcl_NewObj(); |
| 3132 |
|
cloneMenuRefPtr->menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr = tkwin; |
| 3133 |
|
menuBarPtr = cloneMenuRefPtr->menuPtr; |
| 3134 |
|
newObjv[0] = cursorPtr; |
| 3135 |
|
newObjv[1] = nullPtr; |
| 3136 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cursorPtr); |
| 3137 |
|
Tcl_IncrRefCount(nullPtr); |
| 3138 |
|
ConfigureMenu(menuPtr->interp, cloneMenuRefPtr->menuPtr, |
| 3139 |
|
2, newObjv); |
| 3140 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(cursorPtr); |
| 3141 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(nullPtr); |
| 3142 |
|
} |
| 3143 |
|
|
| 3144 |
|
TkpSetWindowMenuBar(tkwin, menuBarPtr); |
| 3145 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(cloneMenuPtr); |
| 3146 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(menubarPtr); |
| 3147 |
|
Tcl_DecrRefCount(windowNamePtr); |
| 3148 |
|
} else { |
| 3149 |
|
TkpSetWindowMenuBar(tkwin, NULL); |
| 3150 |
|
} |
| 3151 |
|
|
| 3152 |
|
|
| 3153 |
|
/* |
| 3154 |
|
* Add this window to the menu's list of windows that refer |
| 3155 |
|
* to this menu. |
| 3156 |
|
*/ |
| 3157 |
|
|
| 3158 |
|
topLevelListPtr = (TkMenuTopLevelList *) |
| 3159 |
|
ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuTopLevelList)); |
| 3160 |
|
topLevelListPtr->tkwin = tkwin; |
| 3161 |
|
topLevelListPtr->nextPtr = menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr; |
| 3162 |
|
menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr = topLevelListPtr; |
| 3163 |
|
} else { |
| 3164 |
|
TkpSetWindowMenuBar(tkwin, NULL); |
| 3165 |
|
} |
| 3166 |
|
TkpSetMainMenubar(interp, tkwin, menuName); |
| 3167 |
|
} |
| 3168 |
|
|
| 3169 |
|
/* |
| 3170 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3171 |
|
* |
| 3172 |
|
* DestroyMenuHashTable -- |
| 3173 |
|
* |
| 3174 |
|
* Called when an interp is deleted and a menu hash table has |
| 3175 |
|
* been set in it. |
| 3176 |
|
* |
| 3177 |
|
* Results: |
| 3178 |
|
* None. |
| 3179 |
|
* |
| 3180 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 3181 |
|
* The hash table is destroyed. |
| 3182 |
|
* |
| 3183 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3184 |
|
*/ |
| 3185 |
|
|
| 3186 |
|
static void |
| 3187 |
|
DestroyMenuHashTable(clientData, interp) |
| 3188 |
|
ClientData clientData; /* The menu hash table we are destroying */ |
| 3189 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interpreter we are destroying */ |
| 3190 |
|
{ |
| 3191 |
|
Tcl_DeleteHashTable((Tcl_HashTable *) clientData); |
| 3192 |
|
ckfree((char *) clientData); |
| 3193 |
|
} |
| 3194 |
|
|
| 3195 |
|
/* |
| 3196 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3197 |
|
* |
| 3198 |
|
* TkGetMenuHashTable -- |
| 3199 |
|
* |
| 3200 |
|
* For a given interp, give back the menu hash table that goes with |
| 3201 |
|
* it. If the hash table does not exist, it is created. |
| 3202 |
|
* |
| 3203 |
|
* Results: |
| 3204 |
|
* Returns a hash table pointer. |
| 3205 |
|
* |
| 3206 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 3207 |
|
* A new hash table is created if there were no table in the interp |
| 3208 |
|
* originally. |
| 3209 |
|
* |
| 3210 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3211 |
|
*/ |
| 3212 |
|
|
| 3213 |
|
Tcl_HashTable * |
| 3214 |
|
TkGetMenuHashTable(interp) |
| 3215 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interp we need the hash table in.*/ |
| 3216 |
|
{ |
| 3217 |
|
Tcl_HashTable *menuTablePtr; |
| 3218 |
|
|
| 3219 |
|
menuTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, MENU_HASH_KEY, |
| 3220 |
|
NULL); |
| 3221 |
|
if (menuTablePtr == NULL) { |
| 3222 |
|
menuTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable)); |
| 3223 |
|
Tcl_InitHashTable(menuTablePtr, TCL_STRING_KEYS); |
| 3224 |
|
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, MENU_HASH_KEY, DestroyMenuHashTable, |
| 3225 |
|
(ClientData) menuTablePtr); |
| 3226 |
|
} |
| 3227 |
|
return menuTablePtr; |
| 3228 |
|
} |
| 3229 |
|
|
| 3230 |
|
/* |
| 3231 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3232 |
|
* |
| 3233 |
|
* TkCreateMenuReferences -- |
| 3234 |
|
* |
| 3235 |
|
* Given a pathname, gives back a pointer to a TkMenuReferences structure. |
| 3236 |
|
* If a reference is not already in the hash table, one is created. |
| 3237 |
|
* |
| 3238 |
|
* Results: |
| 3239 |
|
* Returns a pointer to a menu reference structure. Should not |
| 3240 |
|
* be freed by calller; when a field of the reference is cleared, |
| 3241 |
|
* TkFreeMenuReferences should be called. |
| 3242 |
|
* |
| 3243 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 3244 |
|
* A new hash table entry is created if there were no references |
| 3245 |
|
* to the menu originally. |
| 3246 |
|
* |
| 3247 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3248 |
|
*/ |
| 3249 |
|
|
| 3250 |
|
TkMenuReferences * |
| 3251 |
|
TkCreateMenuReferences(interp, pathName) |
| 3252 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; |
| 3253 |
|
char *pathName; /* The path of the menu widget */ |
| 3254 |
|
{ |
| 3255 |
|
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr; |
| 3256 |
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; |
| 3257 |
|
int newEntry; |
| 3258 |
|
Tcl_HashTable *menuTablePtr = TkGetMenuHashTable(interp); |
| 3259 |
|
|
| 3260 |
|
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(menuTablePtr, pathName, &newEntry); |
| 3261 |
|
if (newEntry) { |
| 3262 |
|
menuRefPtr = (TkMenuReferences *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuReferences)); |
| 3263 |
|
menuRefPtr->menuPtr = NULL; |
| 3264 |
|
menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr = NULL; |
| 3265 |
|
menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr = NULL; |
| 3266 |
|
menuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr = hashEntryPtr; |
| 3267 |
|
Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, (char *) menuRefPtr); |
| 3268 |
|
} else { |
| 3269 |
|
menuRefPtr = (TkMenuReferences *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); |
| 3270 |
|
} |
| 3271 |
|
return menuRefPtr; |
| 3272 |
|
} |
| 3273 |
|
|
| 3274 |
|
/* |
| 3275 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3276 |
|
* |
| 3277 |
|
* TkFindMenuReferences -- |
| 3278 |
|
* |
| 3279 |
|
* Given a pathname, gives back a pointer to the TkMenuReferences |
| 3280 |
|
* structure. |
| 3281 |
|
* |
| 3282 |
|
* Results: |
| 3283 |
|
* Returns a pointer to a menu reference structure. Should not |
| 3284 |
|
* be freed by calller; when a field of the reference is cleared, |
| 3285 |
|
* TkFreeMenuReferences should be called. Returns NULL if no reference |
| 3286 |
|
* with this pathname exists. |
| 3287 |
|
* |
| 3288 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 3289 |
|
* None. |
| 3290 |
|
* |
| 3291 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3292 |
|
*/ |
| 3293 |
|
|
| 3294 |
|
TkMenuReferences * |
| 3295 |
|
TkFindMenuReferences(interp, pathName) |
| 3296 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interp the menu is living in. */ |
| 3297 |
|
char *pathName; /* The path of the menu widget */ |
| 3298 |
|
{ |
| 3299 |
|
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr; |
| 3300 |
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr = NULL; |
| 3301 |
|
Tcl_HashTable *menuTablePtr; |
| 3302 |
|
|
| 3303 |
|
menuTablePtr = TkGetMenuHashTable(interp); |
| 3304 |
|
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(menuTablePtr, pathName); |
| 3305 |
|
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) { |
| 3306 |
|
menuRefPtr = (TkMenuReferences *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); |
| 3307 |
|
} |
| 3308 |
|
return menuRefPtr; |
| 3309 |
|
} |
| 3310 |
|
|
| 3311 |
|
/* |
| 3312 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3313 |
|
* |
| 3314 |
|
* TkFindMenuReferencesObj -- |
| 3315 |
|
* |
| 3316 |
|
* Given a pathname, gives back a pointer to the TkMenuReferences |
| 3317 |
|
* structure. |
| 3318 |
|
* |
| 3319 |
|
* Results: |
| 3320 |
|
* Returns a pointer to a menu reference structure. Should not |
| 3321 |
|
* be freed by calller; when a field of the reference is cleared, |
| 3322 |
|
* TkFreeMenuReferences should be called. Returns NULL if no reference |
| 3323 |
|
* with this pathname exists. |
| 3324 |
|
* |
| 3325 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 3326 |
|
* None. |
| 3327 |
|
* |
| 3328 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3329 |
|
*/ |
| 3330 |
|
|
| 3331 |
|
TkMenuReferences * |
| 3332 |
|
TkFindMenuReferencesObj(interp, objPtr) |
| 3333 |
|
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interp the menu is living in. */ |
| 3334 |
|
Tcl_Obj *objPtr; /* The path of the menu widget */ |
| 3335 |
|
{ |
| 3336 |
|
char *pathName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, NULL); |
| 3337 |
|
return TkFindMenuReferences(interp, pathName); |
| 3338 |
|
} |
| 3339 |
|
|
| 3340 |
|
/* |
| 3341 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3342 |
|
* |
| 3343 |
|
* TkFreeMenuReferences -- |
| 3344 |
|
* |
| 3345 |
|
* This is called after one of the fields in a menu reference |
| 3346 |
|
* is cleared. It cleans up the ref if it is now empty. |
| 3347 |
|
* |
| 3348 |
|
* Results: |
| 3349 |
|
* None. |
| 3350 |
|
* |
| 3351 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 3352 |
|
* If this is the last field to be cleared, the menu ref is |
| 3353 |
|
* taken out of the hash table. |
| 3354 |
|
* |
| 3355 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3356 |
|
*/ |
| 3357 |
|
|
| 3358 |
|
void |
| 3359 |
|
TkFreeMenuReferences(menuRefPtr) |
| 3360 |
|
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; /* The menu reference to |
| 3361 |
|
* free */ |
| 3362 |
|
{ |
| 3363 |
|
if ((menuRefPtr->menuPtr == NULL) |
| 3364 |
|
&& (menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr == NULL) |
| 3365 |
|
&& (menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr == NULL)) { |
| 3366 |
|
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(menuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr); |
| 3367 |
|
ckfree((char *) menuRefPtr); |
| 3368 |
|
} |
| 3369 |
|
} |
| 3370 |
|
|
| 3371 |
|
/* |
| 3372 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3373 |
|
* |
| 3374 |
|
* DeleteMenuCloneEntries -- |
| 3375 |
|
* |
| 3376 |
|
* For every clone in this clone chain, delete the menu entries |
| 3377 |
|
* given by the parameters. |
| 3378 |
|
* |
| 3379 |
|
* Results: |
| 3380 |
|
* None. |
| 3381 |
|
* |
| 3382 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 3383 |
|
* The appropriate entries are deleted from all clones of this menu. |
| 3384 |
|
* |
| 3385 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3386 |
|
*/ |
| 3387 |
|
|
| 3388 |
|
static void |
| 3389 |
|
DeleteMenuCloneEntries(menuPtr, first, last) |
| 3390 |
|
TkMenu *menuPtr; /* the menu the command was issued with */ |
| 3391 |
|
int first; /* the zero-based first entry in the set |
| 3392 |
|
* of entries to delete. */ |
| 3393 |
|
int last; /* the zero-based last entry */ |
| 3394 |
|
{ |
| 3395 |
|
|
| 3396 |
|
TkMenu *menuListPtr; |
| 3397 |
|
int numDeleted, i; |
| 3398 |
|
|
| 3399 |
|
numDeleted = last + 1 - first; |
| 3400 |
|
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL; |
| 3401 |
|
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) { |
| 3402 |
|
for (i = last; i >= first; i--) { |
| 3403 |
|
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) menuListPtr->entries[i], |
| 3404 |
|
DestroyMenuEntry); |
| 3405 |
|
} |
| 3406 |
|
for (i = last + 1; i < menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) { |
| 3407 |
|
menuListPtr->entries[i - numDeleted] = menuListPtr->entries[i]; |
| 3408 |
|
menuListPtr->entries[i - numDeleted]->index = i; |
| 3409 |
|
} |
| 3410 |
|
menuListPtr->numEntries -= numDeleted; |
| 3411 |
|
if (menuListPtr->numEntries == 0) { |
| 3412 |
|
ckfree((char *) menuListPtr->entries); |
| 3413 |
|
menuListPtr->entries = NULL; |
| 3414 |
|
} |
| 3415 |
|
if ((menuListPtr->active >= first) |
| 3416 |
|
&& (menuListPtr->active <= last)) { |
| 3417 |
|
menuListPtr->active = -1; |
| 3418 |
|
} else if (menuListPtr->active > last) { |
| 3419 |
|
menuListPtr->active -= numDeleted; |
| 3420 |
|
} |
| 3421 |
|
TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuListPtr); |
| 3422 |
|
} |
| 3423 |
|
} |
| 3424 |
|
|
| 3425 |
|
/* |
| 3426 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3427 |
|
* |
| 3428 |
|
* TkMenuInit -- |
| 3429 |
|
* |
| 3430 |
|
* Sets up the hash tables and the variables used by the menu package. |
| 3431 |
|
* |
| 3432 |
|
* Results: |
| 3433 |
|
* None. |
| 3434 |
|
* |
| 3435 |
|
* Side effects: |
| 3436 |
|
* lastMenuID gets initialized, and the parent hash and the command hash |
| 3437 |
|
* are allocated. |
| 3438 |
|
* |
| 3439 |
|
*---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 3440 |
|
*/ |
| 3441 |
|
|
| 3442 |
|
void |
| 3443 |
|
TkMenuInit() |
| 3444 |
|
{ |
| 3445 |
|
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) |
| 3446 |
|
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); |
| 3447 |
|
|
| 3448 |
|
if (!menusInitialized) { |
| 3449 |
|
Tcl_MutexLock(&menuMutex); |
| 3450 |
|
if (!menusInitialized) { |
| 3451 |
|
TkpMenuInit(); |
| 3452 |
|
menusInitialized = 1; |
| 3453 |
|
} |
| 3454 |
|
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&menuMutex); |
| 3455 |
|
} |
| 3456 |
|
if (!tsdPtr->menusInitialized) { |
| 3457 |
|
TkpMenuThreadInit(); |
| 3458 |
|
tsdPtr->menusInitialized = 1; |
| 3459 |
|
} |
| 3460 |
|
} |
| 3461 |
|
|
| 3462 |
|
/* End of tkmenu.c */ |
Parent Directory
| 
Revision Log
| 
Patch